Binder 1

COMPUTER STUDIES (0420) PAST PAPER BOOKLET
PAPER 1
Name
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
Candidate Number
Centre Number
0420/01, 0421/01
Paper 1
May/June 2003
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: As listed in Instructions to Supervisors
READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen in the spaces provided on the Question Paper.
You may use a soft pencil for any diagrams, graphs, music or rough working.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
Answer all questions.
At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
For Examiners Use

If you have been given a label, look at the
details. If any details are incorrect or
missing, please fill in your correct details
in the space given at the top of this page.
Stick your personal label here, if
provided.
This document consists of 14 printed pages and 2 blank pages.

BR (CG) S35445/2
CIE 2003
[Turn over
om
.c
COMPUTER STUDIES
s
er
CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

International General Certificate of Secondary Education
2
1
Explain, using examples where appropriate, the meaning of these computer terms.
(a) check sum
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) relational database
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) random access memory (RAM)
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) top-down design
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(e) alphanumeric characters
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/M/J/03
For
Examiners
Use
3
2
State two ways that computer-based learning (CBL) has affected learning and testing
methods.
For
Examiners
Use
1 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(a) State two sensors that would be used in a microprocessor-controlled camera.

1 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Describe how the data collected by the sensors would be used by the cameras control
program.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/M/J/03
[Turn over
4
4
(a) State two types of computer crime.

1 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Describe two ways of protecting against computer crime.
1 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(a) State the purpose of a compiler.

..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) State one difference between a compiler and an assembler.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[1]
0420/01/M/J/03
For
Examiners
Use
5
6
For
Examiners
Use
State the purpose of an interrupt when data is sent to a disk drive.

..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................[2]
Digital photographs stored on a computer are going to be used in a multimedia presentation.

(a) State two ways in which these photographs can be edited using graphics software.
1 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Describe how the edited photographs can be inserted into the multimedia presentation.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) State one multimedia element that could be included in the presentation other than
graphics and text.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
0420/01/M/J/03
[Turn over
6
(d) Describe the mulitmedia hardware that would be needed for developing and displaying
the presentation.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
(a) Draw and label a diagram to show the relationship between a root directory, a subdirectory and a file.
[3]
(b) State two file management tasks that would be carried out by an operating system.
1 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/M/J/03
For
Examiners
Use
7
(c) Explain how the operating system will deal with errors that occur whilst a program is
running.
For
Examiners
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
A shop owner wants to change from a manual stock control system to a computerised stock
control system.
(a) State three reasons why the shop owner would want a computerised system.
1 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
3 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Describe three methods of fact-finding that would be used to analyse the manual stock
control system.
1 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
3 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
0420/01/M/J/03
[Turn over
8
10 A multi-national company allows employees to telework or work at home and communicate
with the office using the Internet.
(a) State the hardware, software and services required to access and use the Internet.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) State two ways that a report could be sent to the office using the Internet.
1 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) State two of the additional items of hardware that would be required for video
conferencing.
1 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Give one benefit to the company of using video conferencing.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[1]
0420/01/M/J/03
For
Examiners
Use
For
Examiners
Use
(e) Give two disadvantages for the employee of teleworking.

1 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
11 The following pie chart shows the total value of watch sales in April 2003:
TOTAL WATCH SALES ($) - APRIL 2003
Databank Day date

475
165
Calendar
304
Water resistant
230
Wap
2200
(a) On the spreadsheet below, shade the cells that must be used to create the pie chart.
A
Amount
Stock
Sold
Stock
Left
Price ($)
Total
Sales ($)
Wap
20
10
10
220
2200
Water resistant
10
115
230
Calendar
76
304
Databank
15
10
33
165
Day date
10
95
475
Total
3374
[2]
0420/01/M/J/03
[Turn over
10
For
Examiners
Use
(b) State the format of the data in column B.

......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Columns D, E and F contain formulae. Write down a formula that could be in cell F7 to
calculate the Total Sales.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) The value in C5 is changed to 6. State the cells in which the values should change
automatically.
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(e) Give one benefit of using a template for this spreadsheet.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
12 An estate agent keeps a file of properties for rent in the city. Several records are shown in
the following diagram:
REF
AREA TYPE
FEATURE RENT($)
H002
South
Detached
Waterfall
21000
H006
South
Bungalow
Pool
19000
H008
West
Bungalow
Pond
15000
H005
South
Detached
Patio
14000
H003
North
Semi-Detached Pool
12000
H009
North
Detached
Courtyard
11000
H004
West
Bungalow
Pool View
9000
H001
South
Semi-Detached Fish Pond
8000
H007
North
Terraced
2000
BBQ Pit
(a) Which field in the file should be used as a key field?

......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) State a validation check that should be made on the AREA data as it is entered
into the file.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
0420/01/M/J/03
11
For
Examiners
Use
(c) Which RENT($) data will be listed if the following search condition is input?
(FEATURE = Pool) OR (TYPE = Bungalow)
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Write down a search condition to find all the properties in the south which have a rent
less than $15000.
......................................................................................................................................[3]
(e) Write down the reference numbers if the file is sorted in ascending order on TYPE then
AREA.
......................................................................................................................................[3]
13 Read this algorithm.
input A, B
if A > B then
T=A
A=B
B=T
endif
output A, B
(a) Write down the output if the following two numbers are input:
41,
38
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Explain the purpose of the variable T.
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Explain why an algorithm is written as a subroutine (procedure) and stored in a program
library.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/M/J/03
[Turn over
12
14 A bank stores personal data about its customers on a computer file.
(a) State two ways that data protection laws protect personal data stored on computer
systems.
1 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) State three items of personal data, in addition to the customer account number, that
would be stored.
1 ......................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
3 ..................................................................................................................................[3]
(c) The customer account number contains a check digit. Describe how this check digit is
calculated.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) State a reason for updating a customers details and describe the processing that would
be done by the computer system.
Reason
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Processing
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
0420/01/M/J/03
For
Examiners
Use
13
For
Examiners
Use
15 Describe how an expert system could help a doctor to diagnose illnesses.

..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................[3]
16 A coffee pot is to be designed using a computer-aided design (CAD) program.

State four benefits of using a CAD program to do this.
1 ..............................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
2 ..............................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
3 ..............................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
4 ..............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................[4]
0420/01/M/J/03
[Turn over
14
17 A school wants to monitor the number of hours spent by a class of 30 students on the
Internet.
Using pseudocode or otherwise, write an algorithm which will;
for each student, record the times logged on and logged off
calculate the length of time each student spends online
calculate and output the average length of time per day spent by each student on the
Internet.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[6]
0420/01/M/J/03
For
Examiners
Use
15
BLANK PAGE
0420/01/M/J/03
16
BLANK PAGE
0420/01/M/J/03
Name
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
Candidate Number
Centre Number
0420/01
COMPUTER STUDIES
Paper 1
May/June 2004
2 hours 30 minutes
No Additional Materials are required.

For Examiners Use

provided.
This document consists of 16 printed pages.

SP (SLM) S51404/4
UCLES 2004
[Turn over
om
.c
s
er
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

2
1
(a) byte ..................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) compiler ............................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) handshaking .....................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) technical documentation ..................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(e) simulation .........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(a) Give one example of wireless technology.

......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Give one benefit and one disadvantage of the use of wireless technology.
Benefit ..............................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Disadvantage ...................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/M/J/04
For
Examiners
Use
For
Examiners
Use
3
3
(a) State two places where robots are used.

1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) State two benefits of using robots.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(a) State two effects of a computer virus.

1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) State two ways of protecting computers against viruses.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/M/J/04
[Turn over
4
5
Interfaces enable computer users to interact with the operating system.

State three advantages for using a graphical user interface (GUI) for loading programs and
files.
1 ...............................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
2 ...............................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
3 ...............................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................[3]
(a) Name one item used in the home, other than a computer, that contains a
microprocessor.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) For your item named in (a) describe two different tasks that the microprocessor
performs.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/M/J/04
For
Examiners
Use
For
Examiners
Use
5
7
A programming language has instructions for moving a pen on a piece of paper.

Examples are:
F10
B20
R90
L90
Move forward 10 cm
Move backwards 20 cm
Turn right 90 degrees
Turn left 90 degrees
Read the following set of instructions which makes the pen draw the rectangle below and
study the drawing that is produced.
F2
R90
F4
R90
F2
R90
F4
R90
4 cm
2 cm
2 cm
START
4 cm
Write a set of instructions that would produce the following drawing:

.............................
4 cm
.............................
.............................
2 cm
.............................
.............................
.............................
4 cm
2 cm
2 cm
START
.............................
2 cm
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
.............................
[3]
0420/01/M/J/04
[Turn over
6
8
A school wants to create its own website to advertise the school.

(a) State the type of software that would be used to create a web page.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) State two features of the software used to design web pages.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) State where the finished website would be stored so that people surfing the Internet can
visit it.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
A supermarket uses point of sale (POS) terminals at the checkout for scanning barcodes on
the products.
(a) State two items of data that are stored on the barcode.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
2 ...................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Describe how the computer system checks that the barcode has been read correctly.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) State the type of file access that is used to get the price from the central computer.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) Explain how the system updates the file when an item has been sold.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/M/J/04
For
Examiners
Use
7
(e) Give two benefits for the supermarket manager of using point of sale (POS) terminals.
For
Examiners
Use
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
10 (a) A company has decided to use a computer for stock control. Describe the process of
systems analysis from the time the decision was made to proceed with computerisation
until final testing.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[4]
(b) Give two reasons why it may be necessary to modify this system in the future.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/M/J/04
[Turn over
8
11 A family has purchased a computer system with the following specification:
Processor speed 2200 MHz
RAM 512 Megabyte
Hard disk drive 120 Gigabytes
CD ROM
DVD writer
Modem 56k
Monitor 17"
(a) The computer has been purchased for buying goods and services over the Internet.
Explain how each of these items of hardware would be used for this purpose.
Hard disk drive .................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
RAM .................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
DVD writer ........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Modem .............................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[4]
(b) State the type of software that is needed for logging onto the Internet and finding
websites selling goods and services.
logging on .........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
finding websites ................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/M/J/04
For
Examiners
Use
9
(c) State one advantage and one disadvantage for customers of using the Internet for
shopping.
For
Examiners
Use
advantage ........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
disadvantage ....................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Describe two effects on society of an increase in the use of the Internet for ecommerce.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/M/J/04
[Turn over
10
12 The following spreadsheet shows the profit or loss on sales at an ice-cream stall during a
four week period.
A
Expenses ($)
Profit/Loss
Ice-Cream Stall
Cost
Price ($)
Ice-Cream
Orange Juice
5
6
Ice-Cream
Orange
Income ($)
Sales
Juice Sales
Week 1
300
40
980
900
Profit
Week 2
250
10
770
900
Loss
Week 3
450
10
1370
900
Profit
10 Week 4
300
20
940
900
Profit
(a) State the format of the data in cell B6.

......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Write down a formula that could be in cell D7 to calculate the Income for week 1.
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Describe how the formula in D7 can be copied into the cells D8, D9 and D10.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Cell F7 contains the function:
=IF(D7 > E7, Profit, Loss)
and is copied into cells F8, F9 and F10. Write down the function that will be in cell F10.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(e) State the cells that are needed to create a line graph to show the Income and Expenses
for Week 1 to Week 4.
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/M/J/04
For
Examiners
Use
For
Examiners
Use
11
13 A city uses a computerised traffic control system.
(a) State two benefits of using computerised traffic control systems.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Describe the input, processing and output from this control system.
Input .................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Processing .......................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Output ..............................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[5]
(c) Describe what the traffic control program should do when an emergency occurs.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[1]
0420/01/M/J/04
[Turn over
12
14 A surgery uses a star local area network (LAN) to access the Internet (WAN) and to store
the patient database.
(a) Give one reason why the surgery has installed a star network rather than a ring
network.
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Draw and label the star network used by the surgery.
[3]
0420/01/M/J/04
For
Examiners
Use
For
Examiners
Use
13
(c) Give two benefits for the surgery of storing the patient database on the LAN.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) State two data protection rules that the surgery staff must obey.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(e) Describe how the database can be recovered from a system failure.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/M/J/04
[Turn over
14
15 Read this algorithm. The algorithm converts a temperature from degrees Centigrade to
degrees Fahrenheit.
Input
C_temp
F_temp = (1.8 C_temp) +32
Output
F_temp
(a) Write down the output for each of the following inputs:
(i)
1
...............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii)
5
...............................................................................................................................[1]
0420/01/M/J/04
For
Examiners
Use
15
(b) Using pseudocode, or otherwise, write an algorithm that will input the hourly
temperatures for one day in Centigrade and print out in Fahrenheit
For
Examiners
Use
the maximum temperature

the minimum temperature
the average temperature
for that day.

..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[5]
0420/01/M/J/04
[Turn over
16
16 A music club keeps a file of members on a computer system. Part of the file is shown in the
following diagram:
CODE
SURNAME
INITIAL
SEX
PHONE NO DATE OF BIRTH
M1001
Philips
3294625
11/12/86
M1011
Patel
2453674
04/01/88
M1025
Brown
2756484
15/05/86
M1037
Khan
S. L
2759815
18/02/87
M1057
Lee
B. R
2456785
21/07/86
M1073
Smith
3297684
09/02/88
M1096
Chong
M. A
2765492
03/09/87
M1102
Schon
2451843
22/04/88
M1124
Shah
J. A
3298746
14/04/86
M1139
Davies
S. L
2768798
09/01/88
(a) State how many fields there are in each record.

......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) State the data type that should be used for the CODE data.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) State two reasons why the data in the SEX field has been coded.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) Which CODE data will be listed if the following search condition is input?
(DATE OF BIRTH< 01/01/87) AND (SEX = M)
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(e) Describe how the file can be sorted in ascending order of SURNAME.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/M/J/04
For
Examiners
Use
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
Paper 1
0420/01
May/June 2005
2 hours 30 minutes
Candidate
Name
Centre
Number
Candidate
Number

DO NOT WRITE IN THE BARCODE.
DO NOT WRITE IN THE GREY AREAS BETWEEN THE PAGES.
For Examiners Use
This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

SP (CW) S92058/5.1
UCLES 2005
[Turn over
om
.c
COMPUTER STUDIES
s
er

2
1
(a) buffer .................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) gateway .............................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) validation ...........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) polling................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(e) data-logging ......................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
State three tasks done by the operating system.

1................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
2................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
3................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................[3]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/M/J/05
For
Examiners
Use
3
3
Data Protection Rules give legal rights to individuals and state that personal data stored on
computer systems must be kept secure.
(a) Give one legal right for individuals.
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Give one software method of protecting personal data.
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Give one hardware method of protecting personal data.
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(a) A digital camera contains a microprocessor. State the input and the processing done by
the microprocessor when a person takes a photograph.
Input ..................................................................................................................................
Processing ........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) State two reasons why the photograph costs less using the digital camera than it would
cost if a non-digital camera was used.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/M/J/05
[Turn over
For
Examiners
Use
4
5
A shop keeps its stock file on a computer system. Part of the file is shown in the diagram
below:
STOCK NO DESCRIPTION COLOUR
WEIGHT (KG)
IN STOCK
PRICE ($)
L801
Laptop Case
1.6
15
100
L802
Beauty case
2.6
12
80
L803
Carry-on case
2.0
18
160
L807
Day pack
0.6
22
90
L808
Rucksack
1.8
16
60
L809
Backpack
3.8
17
76
L814
Portfolio
0.4
20
25
L816
Travel bag
4.3
16
70
L817
Roller bag
2.7
19
180
L820
Deluxe case
2.6
12
165
The following codes have been used.

B = Black
G = Green
R = Red
S = Silver
(a) State how many records are shown in the diagram.

......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) State two advantages of coding the data in the COLOUR field.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) State the data type that should be used for the WEIGHT (KG) data.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) State one advantage of using fixed-length records for storing the data.
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[1]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/M/J/05
For
Examiners
Use
5
(e) Which STOCK NO data will be listed if the following search condition is input?
(COLOUR NOT B) AND (WEIGHT (KG) < 2.0)
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(f)
Write down a search condition that will search for all the items with less than 16 in stock
and the price is more than $100.
......................................................................................................................................[3]
(g) State which field should be used to link this stock file to a supplier file. Give a reason for
your choice of field.
Field ..................................................................................................................................
Reason..............................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/M/J/05
[Turn over
For
Examiners
Use
6
6
The following spreadsheet shows the 2-Night Bargain Break holiday bookings during a three
month period.
A
1
2-Night Bargain Break Holiday Bookings
2
3
Priced at $
100
Bookings
Hotel
Nov
Dec
Jan
Total Bookings
Income ($)
6
7
Beach Resort
900
Oriental Hotel
20
2000
Palace Hotel
25
2500
10
Orchard Inn
15
1500
11
Grande Hotel
10
1000
Total Bookings
26
33
20
79
12
13
14
Total Income($)
15
UCLES 2005
0420/01/M/J/05
7900
For
Examiners
Use
7
(a) Write down a cell that contains a label.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Write down a formula that could be in cell F7 to calculate the income for the hotel
named Beach Resort.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Describe how the formula in B13 can be copied into the cells C13, D13 and E13.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) State the cells that are needed to create a bar chart showing the Total Bookings for
each of the hotels.
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(e) The data in row 7 to row 11 needs to be sorted into descending order of income.
(i)
Describe how this sort will be done.

...................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................[2]
(ii)
Write down the Hotel names in the order that they will appear after this sort has
been done.
...............................................................................................................................[2]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/M/J/05
[Turn over
For
Examiners
Use
8
7
State three ways that computers help the police detect crime.
1................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
2................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
3................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................[3]
A microprocessor controls the washing cycle of an automatic washing machine and gives
output to the following devices:
water valve
heater
wash motor
pump
Control bits are sent to turn parts of the system on or off, i.e. 1 is on and 0 is off.
8
..... not in use .....

heater
water valve
pump
wash motor
(a) State what is happening when the above bit pattern is set.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Write down the bit pattern that would be set if the water has reached the correct level,
the temperature is the required temperature, the clothes have been washed and the
pump is now pumping the water out of the machine.
8
[1]
(c) State one other process that the microprocessor could control.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/M/J/05
For
Examiners
Use
9
9
Banks are replacing each credit card with a smart card, which contains a microchip, in order
to give greater protection against fraud.
(a) State three items of data that are stored on the microchip in a smart card.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
3 ....................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) State two disadvantages for banks and businesses of using smart cards.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) State two uses of a smart card other than as a credit card.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
10 A school library has purchased some multimedia notebook computers for students to
connect to the Internet to search for information.
(a) State two advantages and one disadvantage of using the Internet for searching for
information.
Advantage 1 .....................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Advantage 2 .....................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Disadvantage ...................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/M/J/05
[Turn over
For
Examiners
Use
10
(b) Explain why the school would have chosen Broadband instead of a standard modem
connection.
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) The notebook computers are linked to a server by wireless connection. Give one benefit
and one disadvantage of wireless connection.
Benefit ...............................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Disadvantage ....................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) State one suitable portable storage media for saving data and multimedia files.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(e) Give two precautions that the school must take to ensure that there is no risk to the
students health and safety from the use of computers.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/M/J/05
For
Examiners
Use
11
11 Computers systems can have special hardware and special software installed so that
disabled students can use a computer to help them study.
(a) State one type of special hardware and the way it helps a disabled student.
Special hardware ..............................................................................................................
Way ...................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) State one type of special software and the way it helps a disabled student.
Special software................................................................................................................
Way ...................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
12 A factory has decided to computerise its manual order processing system.

(a) State two items that would be included in a feasibility report that is produced when the
feasibility study is complete.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) State two fact-finding methods that would be used to obtain information about the
manual order processing system.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/M/J/05
[Turn over
For
Examiners
Use
12
(c) Give one reason why parallel running is often chosen as the method of implementation.
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) State one item of user documentation and one item of technical documentation that
should be provided for the new system.
User documentation ..........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Technical documentation...................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
13 The following algorithm contains an error.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SET X = 1
REPEAT
X=X + 2
Print X
UNTIL X = 10
(a) Trace the algorithm and explain what the error is.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Write an algorithm which uses a While..Do..Endwhile loop and outputs the numbers 2,
4, 6 and 8.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/M/J/05
For
Examiners
Use
13
14 (a) Give one type of program that should be written in assembly language.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Give one reason why assembly language is used.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[1]
15 State one application of computing where real-time processing is more appropriate than
batch processing and give a reason why.
Application ................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
Reason .....................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................[2]
16 (a) State one reason why hospitals have changed from a manual system to a computerbased system for storing patient records.
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) State the type of access that is used to retrieve a patient record.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Give one situation when a patient record would be inserted and one situation when a
patient record would be amended.
Inserted .............................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Amended...........................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/M/J/05
[Turn over
For
Examiners
Use
14
(d) Describe how the patient database could be restored after a system failure.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(e) State two tasks, other than storing patient records, that the hospital could use the
computer system for.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/M/J/05
For
Examiners
Use
15
17 Using pseudocode or otherwise, write an algorithm that will input 25 marks and output the
number of DISTINCTION, MERIT, PASS or FAIL grades.
A mark greater than 69 will get a DISTINCTION, a mark between 69 and 60 (inclusive) will
get a MERIT and a mark between 59 and 50 (inclusive) will get a PASS.
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................[6]
0420/01/M/J/05
For
Examiners
Use
16
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of
the University of Cambridge.
0420/01/M/J/05
Name
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
Candidate Number
Centre Number
s
er
COMPUTER STUDIES
om
.c

0420/01
Paper 1
May/June 2006
2 hours 30 minutes

Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a soft pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.
No marks will be awarded for using brand names of software packages or hardware.
For Examiners Use

IB06 06_0420_01/4RP
UCLES 2006
[Turn over
2
1
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) smart card
[2]
(b) relational database
[2]
(c) Read Only Memory (ROM)
[2]
(d) de-skilling
[2]
(e) top-down design
[2]
State two features that are available on a digital phone.

1
2
[2]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/M/J/06
3
3
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Give one effect of hacking.
[1]
(b) Give two ways of protecting computer systems against hacking.

1
2
[2]
Give three file management tasks that are done by a computer operating system.
1
3
[3]
(a) Give two ways that computers can help teachers teach a lesson.
1
2
[2]
(b) Give two ways that teachers could use a computer system to send work electronically
to students who are absent from a lesson.
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/M/J/06
[Turn over
4
6
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Give two benefits of using a high-level language for writing programs.
1
2
[2]
(b) State one type of program that would be written in a low-level language rather than a
high-level language and give a reason why.
Type
Reason
[2]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/M/J/06
5
7
The spreadsheet shows the computer equipment on loan to a staff member in a company.
Cells B13 and C7:E13 contain formulae.
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
For
Examiner's
Use
PC Software Development Ltd

Computer equipment on loan to:
Ref: 2106
S. Harrison
Item
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4

PC system
1600
800
400
200
Notebook computer
1000
500
250
125
Hand-held computer
320
160
80
40
Laptop case
80
40
20
10
PC cover
16
8
4
2
Mouse mat
8
4
2
1
Total value ($)
3024
1512
756
378
(a) State a cell that contains a data item.

[1]
(b) Describe how the numbers in the range of cells B7:E13 can be changed to include
money symbols.
[2]
(c) Give a formula that could be in cell B13 to calculate the total value of the equipment in
Year 1.
[1]
(d) Each year the value of the equipment is halved. State a formula that could be in cell C7
to calculate the value of the PC system in Year 2.
[1]
(e) If the value in cell B10 is changed to 60, state all the cells where the values would
change automatically.
[2]
(f) On the spreadsheet diagram shade the cells that must be selected in order to create
and label a chart showing the Total value ($) of the computer equipment for Years 1, 2,
3 and 4.
[2]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/M/J/06
[Turn over
6
8
For
Examiner's
Use
Data-logging is used for monitoring the level of oxygen in a river.

(a) State one item of hardware that is used to collect the oxygen data.
[1]
(b) Explain how the oxygen data is processed by the computer.
[2]
(c) State two ways that the oxygen data could be displayed for a user to understand.
1
2
[2]
(d) Explain what the computer would do if the amount of oxygen in the water is too high.
[1]
(e) Give two advantages of using data-logging for monitoring the oxygen data in a river.
1
2
UCLES 2006
[2]
0420/01/M/J/06
For
Examiner's
Use
START
INPUT N
Yes
IS N EVEN?
No
N=3N+1
N=N/2
PRINT N
No
IS N = 1?
Yes
STOP
Trace the flow chart using the numbers 2 and 3. Write down each of the values of N in the order
that they are printed out.
(a)
(b)
[1]
[2]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/M/J/06
[Turn over
For
Examiner's
Use
10 Many bank customers now bank on-line using the Internet.

(a) State two advantages for the bank of on-line banking.
1
2
[2]
(b) State two disadvantages for a bank customer of on-line banking.

1
2
[2]
(c) State three data protection rules that could apply to the customer data stored on a bank
computer system.
1
3
[3]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/M/J/06
9
11 A mail order company is considering using a computer system for stock control and order
processing.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Give two fact finding methods that would be used.

1
2
[2]
(b) Give two items that would be included in the feasibility report.
1
2
[2]
(c) Give three tasks that would be done at the design stage.
1
3
[3]
(d) Describe one way that the conversion from the old system to the new system could be
done.
[1]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/M/J/06
[Turn over
10
For
Examiner's
Use
12 A music club keeps its members details on a computer file.

(a) Complete the table below which shows the data type, field length and validation check
used for the club members data.
Data type
Field length
Validation check
Name
Address
Date of birth
E-mail address
[4]
(b) New members can join the music club by completing an application form on the club
website.
Using the screen below design a web page which shows:
the form for collecting new members details

a link to another web page listing events for the year.
[5]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/M/J/06
11
(c) Each member is given a reference number. Give one reason why the reference number
must be unique.
For
Examiner's
Use
[1]
(d) Give a situation when a record would be amended.

[1]
(e) State the type of file access that is used to update a record.
[1]
13 Expert systems are used for fault diagnosis.

(a) Explain how an expert system could be used to advise a technician on how to repair a
computer that is no longer working.
[3]
(b) Give two applications, other than fault diagnosis, that use an expert system.
1
2
UCLES 2006
[2]
0420/01/M/J/06
[Turn over
12
For
Examiner's
Use
14 Batch processing is used for producing electricity bills.

(a) Give two reasons why batch processing is used rather than real-time processing for
producing electricity bills.
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/M/J/06
13
(b) Select words from the list below to complete the systems flowchart for electricity bill
payments.
errors
master file
sorted transaction file
update
validate
validated transaction file
For
Examiner's
Use
payments
sort
new master
file
[6]
(c) Describe how a master file could be recovered after a systems failure.
[2]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/M/J/06
[Turn over
14
15 (a) Give four features of a computer-aided design (CAD) program that could be used to
design a water jug.
1
4
[4]
(b) Give one benefit for a manufacturer of using a computer-aided design/computer-aided

manufacture (CAD/CAM) system.
[1]
16 (a) A formula for calculating the body mass index (BMI) is:
BMI =
weight in kilograms
(height in metres) x (height in metres)
Calculate the BMI for a person whose weight is 80kg and height is 2 metres.
[1]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/M/J/06
For
Examiner's
Use
15
(b) Using pseudocode or otherwise, write an algorithm that will input the ID, weight (kg) and
height (m) of 30 students, calculate their body mass index (BMI) and output their ID,
BMI and a comment as follows:
A BMI greater than 25 will get the comment OVER WEIGHT, a BMI between 25 and
19 (inclusive) will get NORMAL and a BMI less than 19 will get UNDER WEIGHT.
[6]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/M/J/06
For
Examiner's
Use
16
BLANK PAGE
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department
of the University of Cambridge.
0420/01/M/J/06
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
om
.c
s
er

*7053608159*
0420/01
COMPUTER STUDIES
May/June 2007
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
For Examiner's Use

IB07 06_0420_01/6RP
UCLES 2007
[Turn over
2
1
Explain, with examples, the following five computer terms:
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) virus
[2]
(b) verification
[2]
(c) interrupt
[2]
(d) simulation
[2]
(e) electronic scabbing.
[2]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/M/J/07
3
2
Describe, with examples, two types of test data which could be used to test a system.
For
Examiner's
Use
[4]
Describe the difference between speech recognition and speech synthesis.
[2]
State three tasks done by the operating system.

1
3
[3]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/M/J/07
[Turn over
4
5
Use of computing and communication technologies has meant that many workers can now
work from home, rather than having to travel to the office.
State one advantage and one disadvantage of working from home from the point of view of:
(i) the worker
Advantage
Disadvantage
(ii) the company.

Advantage
Disadvantage
[4]
Describe one type of diagram that can be used by a systems analyst when producing
system documentation.
Type of diagram
Description
[2]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/M/J/07
For
Examiner's
Use
5
7
A hospital has decided to computerise its administration system.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Give three ways this could affect the hospital workers.
1
3
[3]
The hospital will be using a database which holds confidential personal data.
(b) State two precautions that the hospital should take to prevent unauthorised access to
the data.
1
2
[2]
(c) Describe how the database could be recovered if it became corrupted.
[1]
(d) Give one example, in each case, of when it would be necessary to amend data, delete
data and insert data into the patient database.
Amend
Delete
Insert
[3]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/M/J/07
[Turn over
6
8
Digital cameras do not use film. Therefore, there is no need to pay to develop the film and
produce prints.
(a) Give two other advantages of using digital cameras rather than traditional cameras.
1
[2]
(b) On what does the quality of the pictures taken by the digital camera mainly depend?
[1]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/M/J/07
For
Examiner's
Use
7
9
A 7-segment display is used to indicate which floor a lift is on. Each segment is numbered
as shown:
For
Examiner's
Use
1
6
2
7
3
4
A byte is used to hold the data needed to light the correct segments. Bit 0 is always zero.
For example, 3 is represented by
1
2
and by
7
3
Bit Number
(a) If the lift is to stop at more than one floor, the data is held in successive bytes. For
example:
FIRST BYTE:
SECOND BYTE:
Which floor numbers are stored in each byte?

First byte floor number
Second byte floor number
[2]
(b) What bit pattern is used to indicate Floor 2?
[1]
(c) The lift is travelling down to stop at Floors 5, 3 and 1. When it stops at Floor 5, a
passenger gets in and presses the button for Floor 2.
How does the system ensure that the lift stops at Floors 3, 2 and 1 in that order?
[3]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/M/J/07
[Turn over
8
10 The following spreadsheet shows the number of mice, keyboards and trackerballs ordered
by five customers. The value of each item is:
Mouse
$5
Keyboard
$10
Trackerball
$20
Customer
Number
Number
of Mice
Number of
Keyboards
Number of
Trackerballs
Value of
Order($)
Free
Delivery
1234
10
15
11
420
5678
20
15
545
9012
11
290
3456
20
15
530
7890
15
365
Total Order
Value ($):
(a) (i) Name a cell which contains a numerical value.
(ii) Name a cell which contains text only.

[2]
(b) What formula must be placed in cell E2 to calculate the value of the order for customer
1234?
[2]
(c) How could the formula in Question 10 (b) be replicated in cells E3 to E6?
[2]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/M/J/07
For
Examiner's
Use
9
For
Examiner's
Use
(d) What formula should be placed in cell E7 to add up the totals in column E?
[1]
(e) If the formula IF (E4>400 THEN Y ELSE N) was placed in cell F4, what output
would be produced in that cell?
[1]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/M/J/07
[Turn over
10
11 Study the following flowchart very carefully.
For
Examiner's
Use
START
S=1
INPUT X
X = X/10
Is
X<1
Yes
OUTPUT S
No
S=S+1
UCLES 2007
STOP
0420/01/M/J/07
11
(a) Complete the following table showing the expected output from the flowchart for the
three sets of input data:
INPUT X
48
9170
- 800
For
Examiner's
Use
OUTPUT S
[3]
(b) Input data needs to go through a validation process.
(i) Explain the term validation.
(ii) Describe one type of validation check.
[2]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/M/J/07
[Turn over
12
12 Describe three ways you could modify a typical input/output environment to enable people
with disabilities to use the computer system.
1
3
[3]
13 Items sold in supermarkets are all marked with bar codes.

(a) Customers are given an itemised bill at the checkout. Give two advantages to the
customer.
1
2
[2]
(b) Give two ways the information on the bar code can be input at the checkout.
1
2
[2]
(c) Describe how bar codes are used in automatic stock control.
[3]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/M/J/07
For
Examiner's
Use
13
14 A database has been set up by a car dealer to maintain information on cars currently
available for sale. A section of the database is shown below.
Ref No
1015
1023
1158
1911
2051
2081
2516
3331
3456
Manufacturer
Bentley
Porsche
Fiat
Maserati
Lexus
Renault
Porsche
VW
Lotus
Model Doors 0-100 kph time (sec) Top Speed (kph)

Arnage
4
6.0
250
Boxster
2
5.5
266
Stilo
5
12.4
170
GT
2
4.8
288
GS
4
6.3
250
Laguna
5
8.4
220
Cayenne
5
5.6
260
Golf
3
9.3
200
Elise
2
5.7
205
Price ($)
300 000
55 000
14 000
105 000
95 000
25 000
130 000
27 500
42 500
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) How many records are shown in the section of the database above?
[1]
(b) If the following query was input
(Top Speed (kph) > 250) OR (Doors = 2)
using Ref No only, which items would be output?
[2]
(c) Write down a query which outputs cars which cost more than $60 000 and have a
0-100 kph time (sec) of less than 7.0.
[2]
(d) The car dealership has decided to produce a website which allows potential customers
to search its database of cars on-line.
Give two advantages to the car dealership of doing this.
1
[2]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/M/J/07
[Turn over
14
15 An Expert System is to be created to help diagnose faults in electronic components. The
diagram in Fig. 1 summarises how the knowledge base was created and how it is used to
help technicians. Some parts of the diagram have been left blank.
Knowledge
base and
rule base
Input answers
to a series
of questions
Fig.1
UCLES 2007
0420/01/M/J/07
For
Examiner's
Use
15
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Complete the diagram in Fig. 1 by putting the following statements in the correct boxes:
1
2
3
4
Inference engine queries the knowledge base

Display results
Collect data from experts
Create knowledge base and rule base.
[3]
(b) Describe a typical input interface you would find on a diagnostic Expert System.
[1]
(c)
Describe the output you would expect to see from this system.
[1]
(d) Give another example of an Expert System.
[1]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/M/J/07
[Turn over
16
16 Modern car engines use fuel injection systems which are controlled by microprocessors
called Engine Control Units (ECUs). The fuel injection system controls the amount of fuel
that goes into the engine. Sensors monitor engine conditions and feed the data back to the
ECUs.
Engine
fuel
Fuel
Injection
System
control
signals
ECU
data from the sensors
(a) Name two types of sensors used to monitor engine conditions.

1
2
[2]
(b) Describe how information from the sensors is used to control the fuel injection system.
[3]
(c) Give an advantage of using automatic fuel injection systems rather than simpler
mechanical fuel devices.
[1]
(d) The fuel injection system operates in real time.
Why would batch processing not be appropriate in this application?
[1]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/M/J/07
For
Examiner's
Use
17
17 Geography students have access to course materials on their college website. A web
browser is used to access these materials. Describe three features of a web browser which
would be suitable for this application.
For
Examiner's
Use
[3]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/M/J/07
[Turn over
18
18 A company has bought laptop computers for training purposes and for information retrieval.
These computers will use the Internet and have multimedia capabilities.
(a) State two advantages and one disadvantage of using the Internet to search for
information when compared to using CD-ROMs or paper-based systems.
Advantage 1
Advantage 2
Disadvantage
[3]
(b) The company has chosen to use broadband for Internet connections. Why was
broadband chosen rather than dial-up modem connections?
[1]
(c) The laptops are linked to the network using wireless connections. Give one advantage
and one disadvantage of using wireless connections.
Advantage
Disadvantage
[2]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/M/J/07
For
Examiner's
Use
19
19 A company has 5000 CDs, DVDs, videos and books in stock. Each item has a unique
5-digit code with the first digit identifying the type of item, i.e.
For
Examiner's
Use
1 = CD
2 = DVD
3 = video
4 = book
For example, for the code 15642 the 1 identifies that it is a CD, and for the code 30055 the
3 identifies that it is a video.
Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or otherwise, that
Inputs the codes for all 5000 items

Validates the input code
Calculates how many CDs, DVDs, videos and books are in stock
Outputs the four totals.
[5]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/M/J/07
[Turn over
20
BLANK PAGE
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
0420/01/M/J/07
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
om
.c
s
er

*5566332198*
0420/01
COMPUTER STUDIES
May/June 2008
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at then end of each question paper.
For Examiners Use

IB08 06_0420_01/5RP
UCLES 2008
[Turn over
2
1
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) batch processing
[2]
(b) interrupt
[2]
(c) top down design
[2]
(d) laptop computer
[2]
(e) trackerball
[2]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/M/J/08
3
2
List two tasks carried out by an operating system.
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
A company has decided to set up call centres in different countries. Regular training
sessions, using video conferencing, will be carried out.
(a) Give one advantage of having call centres in different countries.
[1]
(b) Give one disadvantage of having call centres in different countries.
[1]
(c) Give one advantage of using video conferencing to carry out the training.
[1]
(d) Give one disadvantage of using video conferencing to carry out the training.
[1]
(e) Describe another method of training staff using modern computer technology.
[1]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/M/J/08
[Turn over
4
4
Name two types of automatic data capture and give one application for each type named.
Type 1
Application 1
Type 2
Application 2
[4]
Computer systems can be affected by viruses.

(a) What is a virus?
[1]
(b) Give one effect of a virus.
[1]
(c) How can a system be protected from viruses?
[1]
(d) Why would backing up data not guard against the effect of a virus?
[1]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/M/J/08
For
Examiner's
Use
5
6
Students records are kept on a stand-alone computer (no network connections) in the
principal's office.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) It is sometimes necessary to alter students records. To do this efficiently, individual

records need to be retrieved quickly.
(i) What type of file access should be used?
[1]
(ii) What type of magnetic medium allows this type of access?
[1]
(b) Give two examples of when a students record would need to be altered.
Example 1
Example 2
[2]
(c) Students are concerned that their personal data could be misused. Name two methods
that could be used to ensure personal data is kept secure.
Method 1
Method 2
[2]
(d) Examination results are stored in students records as marks out of 100. Give two
different validation checks that could be performed on students marks.
Check 1
Check 2
[2]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/M/J/08
[Turn over
6
7
A floor turtle can use the following instructions:
For
Examiner's
Use
Instruction
Meaning
FORWARD n
Move n mm forward
BACKWARD n
Move n mm backward
LEFT d
Turn left d degrees
RIGHT d
Turn right d degrees
PENUP
Lift the pen
PENDOWN
Lower the pen
REPEAT n
Repeat the following instructions

n times
ENDREPEAT
Finish the REPEAT loop

50 mm
70 mm
20 mm
20 mm
40 mm
20 mm
Start Finish
Complete the set of instructions to draw the above shape.
PENDOWN
LEFT 90
FORWARD
[4]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/M/J/08
7
8
A student decides to use an Internet search engine at home to help her work on her
Geography project. She types in:
For
Examiner's
Use
COUNTRIES EXPORTS 2007

and gets over 11 million results.
(a) She wanted to know which South American countries exported coffee in 2007. How
could her search be refined to reduce the number of results?
[1]
(b) Give one advantage of searching for information on the Internet rather than using
books.
[1]
(c) Many people have fears about searching for information on the Internet. Give two
reasons for these fears.
1
2
[2]
(d) The student wishes to use files stored on her home computer when she is back in class
using one of the schools computers. How could she do this?
[1]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/M/J/08
[Turn over
8
9
The following flowchart inputs two numbers, carries out a calculation and then outputs the
result.
START
INPUT u, v
Yes
Is u + v
= 0?
OUTPUT
Error
No
f = (u * v)/(u + v)
OUTPUT f
(a) Complete the following table for the three sets of input data.
INPUT
u
5
6
12
v
5
-6
4
OUTPUT
[3]
(b) The above algorithm has been placed in a library of routines. Give one advantage of
doing this.
[1]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/M/J/08
For
Examiner's
Use
9
10 A computer system comes equipped with DVD writer/reader, hard disk drive and RAM.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Give a different use for each of these forms of memory.

DVD
Hard Disk
RAM
[3]
(b) Give another example of a memory device and give one advantage of the named
device.
Example
Advantage
[2]
11 Write down four requirements of a Data Protection Act.

1
[4]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/M/J/08
[Turn over
10
12 Algorithms and programs use loops to control the number of times a particular procedure is
used.
Two methods are repeat until and for to.
(a) Write a procedure using both these loop methods to input 20 numbers into a variable
called x.
(i) repeat until
[2]
(ii) for to
[2]
(b) Name another loop structure.
[1]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/M/J/08
For
Examiner's
Use
11
13 A media retail company has decided to sell CDs and DVDs using an Internet only shop.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Describe three features you might expect to see on the shops website.
1
[3]
(b) Give two advantages to customers of shopping using the Internet.

1
[2]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/M/J/08
[Turn over
12
14 (a) Computer systems are widely used now in simulations such as crash testing new cars.
Give two advantages of using simulations rather than carrying out actual testing.
1
2
[2]
(b) Virtual reality is often used in simulations. Describe two man-machine interface
devices which allow communication with virtual reality systems.
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/M/J/08
For
Examiner's
Use
13
15 A systems analyst has designed a new computer system for a large company.
(a) Name two methods of implementing this new system and describe one advantage of
using each method. (Do not give the same advantage for Method 1 and Method 2.)
For
Examiner's
Use
Method 1:
Advantage:
Method 2:
Advantage:
[4]
(b) Before the system is implemented, it needs to be fully tested. One of the tests will be to
check that the company does not pay a worker more than $800 per week.
Use examples of a workers pay to explain what is meant by normal test data,
abnormal test data and extreme test data.
Normal
Abnormal
Extreme
[3]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/M/J/08
[Turn over
14
16 The washroom in a hotel uses lights controlled by a computer system. If the washroom is
unoccupied for 10 minutes, the lights go out automatically. As soon as someone enters, the
lights come on.
(a) How can the system determine if anyone is in the washroom?
[2]
(b) Write down a set of instructions which would enable the computer to decide when to
turn out the lights.
[3]
(c) Give one advantage of this automatic system.
[1]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/M/J/08
For
Examiner's
Use
15
17 An expert system is to be written to identify chemical compounds.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Describe how the expert system would be created.
[3]
(b) How would a user be confident that the output from this expert system was correct?
[1]
(c) Give one advantage of using an expert system to identify chemical compounds.
[1]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/M/J/08
[Turn over
16
18 An entertainment company keeps monthly records on a spreadsheet of all its organised
rock music events. The information for May 2008 is shown below.
A
B
No. of
seats
Event
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
The Bugs
Static Rocks
The Cold Apes
Monophonics
Human Senses
Ice Patrol
The Manual
4000
3000
4000
5000
4000
3000
2000
No. seats
sold
Seat price
($)
1700
3000
2150
4000
4000
1500
1650
45
50
35
35
60
50
60
E
F
Cost of
Total
event
money
taken ($) ($)
76500
85000
150000
100000
75250
90000
140000
125000
240000
180000
75000
80000
99000
115000
G
Profit or
Loss
Loss
Profit
Loss
Profit
Profit
Loss
Loss
(a) (i) What formula is in cell E2 to work out the total money taken for The Bugs event?
[1]
(ii) Complete the following statement for cell G4:
=IF (E4 >
, Profit,
[2]
(iii) Total cost of all events is to be shown in cell F9. What formula needs to be placed
in F9?
[1]
(b) If the value in C7 was changed to 2000, which cells would be automatically updated?
[2]
(c) Describe how to find the break even point for any given event (i.e. when cost of event =
total money taken).
[2]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/M/J/08
For
Examiner's
Use
17
19 Customers can withdraw cash from an Automatic Teller Machine (ATM).
For
Examiner's
Use
withdrawal is refused if amount entered > current balance

withdrawal is refused if amount entered > daily limit
if current balance < $100, then a charge of 2% is made
if current balance $100, no charge is made
Write an algorithm which inputs a request for a sum of money, decides if a withdrawal can
be made and calculates any charges. Appropriate output messages should be included.
[5]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/M/J/08
18
BLANK PAGE
0420/01/M/J/08
19
BLANK PAGE
0420/01/M/J/08
20
BLANK PAGE
0420/01/M/J/08
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
om
.c
s
er

*0980685233*
0420/01
COMPUTER STUDIES
May/June 2009
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes
For Examiners Use

IB09 06_0420_01/5RP
UCLES 2009
[Turn over
2
1
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) batch processing
[2]
(b) data logging
[2]
(c) video-conferencing
[2]
(d) virtual reality
[2]
(e) virus
[2]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/M/J/09
3
2
Name three devices used for automatic data capture.
For
Examiner's
Use
3
[3]
(a) Give three features of a typical operating system.

1
3
[3]
(b) Some microprocessor-controlled devices do not need an operating system.

(i) Give one example of such a device.
[1]
(ii) Give one reason why it does not need an operating system.
[1]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/M/J/09
[Turn over
4
4
(a) What is an interrupt?
For
Examiner's
Use
[1]
(b) How can an interrupt be generated?
[1]
(c) An exchange of signals between two devices to allow communication to take place.
What is this computer function?
[1]
(a) What is meant by the term CAD?
[2]
(b) Give two examples of the use of CAD.

1
2
[2]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/M/J/09
5
6
Today, electronic mail (email) is used as a means of communication. Describe three

advantages and one disadvantage of using email.
For
Examiner's
Use
Advantage 1
Advantage 2
Advantage 3
Disadvantage
[4]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/M/J/09
[Turn over
6
7
Jon decides to buy a notebook (laptop) computer which he connects to the internet using a
WiFi (wireless) broadband connection. Describe four security issues.
1
[4]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/M/J/09
For
Examiner's
Use
7
8
An electronics company employs five people to answer technical queries over the
telephone. The company has decided to develop a new system so customer queries are
answered using a website rather than by telephone.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Describe two ways this change would affect the five employees.
1
[2]
(b) Describe one advantage to the company of introducing this system.
[1]
(c) Describe two advantages to the customer of using this system.

1
2
[2]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/M/J/09
[Turn over
8
9
A company produces animation effects using computers rather than producing them
manually.
(a) Describe three advantages of using computers to produce animation.
1
[3]
(b) Each image takes about 400 kilobytes of storage. 25 images per second are produced.
How much memory would be needed to store a 30-minute animation?
[2]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/M/J/09
For
Examiner's
Use
9
10 Expert systems help in medical diagnosis.
For
Examiner's
Use
Describe the steps taken to create and test expert systems.
[4]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/M/J/09
[Turn over
10
11 Scientific experiments are carried out where temperatures are taken at the start and at the
end of each experiment. The volumes of gas being given off are also measured.
The spreadsheet shows the measurements taken.
A
1
Experiment
Start
End
Number
Temperature Temperature
Temperature
Rise
Gas Volume
F
Gas Volume/
Temperature
Rise
15
25
10
50
5.0
18
31
13
70
5.4
20
35
15
90
6.0
18
35
17
110
6.5
21
39
18
120
6.7
16
36
20
125
6.3
19
39
20
125
6.3
20
40
20
125
6.3
16.6
Maximum Ratio
6.7
10
Mean Temperature Rise =
(a) What formula is in D2 to find the Temperature Rise for Experiment Number 1?
[1]
(b) What formula is in D10 to find the Mean (average) Temperature Rise for all the
experiments?
[1]
(c) What formula is in F10 to find the Maximum Ratio?
[1]
(d) How could the formula in D2 be used in D3 to D9 without writing it out another seven
times?
[2]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/M/J/09
For
Examiner's
Use
11
(e) The following graph was produced from the spreadsheet.
For
Examiner's
Use
140
120
100
Gas Volume
80
60
40
20
0
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
Temperature Rise
Which cells were highlighted to produce this graph?
[2]
(f) It was decided to link a computer to the apparatus so that all the results could be input
directly and graphs produced automatically.
Give two advantages of doing this.

1
2
[2]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/M/J/09
[Turn over
12
12 (a) Robots are now used to do many jobs.
For
Examiner's
Use
Describe two jobs and give a reason why robots are used.
Job 1
Reason 1
Job 2
Reason 2
[4]
(b) Given the present technology, describe two jobs which robots cannot do.
1
[2]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/M/J/09
13
13 A company has decided to sell concert tickets on the internet rather than using agencies.
Once the tickets are bought, the ticket confirmation and venue information are sent to the
customer and the customer prints the tickets.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) What two features would you expect to see on the companys website?
1
2
[2]
(b) How would the ticket information be sent to the customer?
[1]
(c) (i) How is it possible to ensure each ticket printed is unique?
[1]
(ii) How is it possible to prevent unauthorised tickets being used?
[1]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/M/J/09
[Turn over
14
14 Study the flowchart very carefully.
For
Examiner's
Use
START
T=1
INPUT N
X=1
T=T*X
X=X+1
B
No
Is X =
N + 1?
Yes
STOP
OUTPUT T
(a) Complete the table to show what outputs you would expect for the two inputs.
Input N
5
1
Output T
[2]
(b) Write down a possible LOOP construct for the section A to B in the flowchart using
pseudocode.
[2]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/M/J/09
15
15 Aeroplanes use on-board computer power to allow them to operate more efficiently and
safely.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) How is data during a flight collected and fed back to on-board computers?
[2]
(b) Why are computer systems thought to be safer than human pilots?
[2]
(c) However, pilots are still used on all flights. Why is this?
[2]
(d) What recent developments have led to more use of computer control in newly designed
aeroplanes?
[1]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/M/J/09
[Turn over
16
(e) Describe how the computer would know when to make course corrections during a
flight.
[2]
(f) At the airport, baggage check-ins use bar codes which are read by computers.
(i) What information would be stored on the bar code?
[1]
(ii) Why do airports use the bar codes on baggage?
[1]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/M/J/09
For
Examiner's
Use
17
16 The following flowchart shows what happens when a customer uses a credit card to pay for
goods at a supermarket. Ten of the boxes are blank.
Using the items from the list, insert the ten missing statements using the appropriate
number only. Each statement may be used once only.
For
Examiner's
Use
START
Insert credit card
Type in PIN
STOP
No
Yes
LIST OF STATEMENTS
Yes
No
Yes
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
are PIN details correct?

are there sufficient funds?
card removed
end transaction
is expiry date exceeded?
is card reported stolen?
money transfer takes place
print itemised bill
read credit card details
two computers communicate
No
Yes
STOP
[5]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/M/J/09
[Turn over
18
17 A car sales company uses a database.
For
Examiner's
Use
Here are three tables from the database:
New Car Sales

Customer
Reference
151319
162154
171216
Car Ordered
Specification
Delivery Date
Cancelled order
VW Golf
BMW 320i
None
21215168
07981624
Not applicable
December 2008
February 2009
Customer Name
Customer Address
Trade In?
J Smith
M Kyle
D Khan
S Gogic
D Marques
7 Toll Road
14 Coast Road
19 Main Street
555 Trabant Road
21 Lakki Harbour
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Car Description
BMW 320i
VW Golf
VW Golf
Ford Focus
List of Extras
CNORVZ
ABCETU
BDEFJL
APRSW
Cost Price ($)

48 500
16 200
21 000
17 000
Customer Details
Customer
Reference
141516
151319
162154
165196
171216
Car Manufacturer
Specification
07981624
21151198
21215168
31311115
(a) How many records are shown in the Customer Details table?
[1]
(b) (i) Which field connects the New Car Sales table with the Customer Details table?
[1]
(ii) Which field connects the New Car Sales table with the Car Manufacturer table?
[1]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/M/J/09
19
(c) Give two reasons why List of Extras in the Car Manufacturer table is stored in code
form.
For
Examiner's
Use
2
[2]
(d) A customer goes into the showroom and the salesperson keys in 162154. What fields
and information would be shown on the output screen?
[2]
(e) Give one advantage to the car sales company of holding customer information on a
database.
[1]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/M/J/09
[Turn over
20
18 A small airport handles 400 flights per day from three airlines:
FASTAIR
SWIFTJET
KNIGHTAIR
For
Examiner's
Use
(code FA)
(code SJ)
(code KA)
Each flight is identified by the airline code and 3 digits. For example FA 156.
Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or otherwise, which monitors the 400 flights into and
out of the airport each day. The following inputs, processing and outputs are all part of the
monitoring process:
input flight identification

calculate number of flights per day for each of the three airlines
output the percentage of the total flights per day by each airline
any validation checks must be included
[5]
0420/01/M/J/09
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
om
.c
s
er

*6232209025*
0420/11
COMPUTER STUDIES
May/June 2010
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes
For Examiner's Use

IB10 06_0420_11/8RP
UCLES 2010
[Turn over
2
1
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Video conferencing
[2]
(b) Simulation
[2]
(c) Interrupt
[2]
(d) Batch processing
[2]
(e) Expert system
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/M/J/10
3
2
State two tasks performed at the design stage in systems analysis.
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
You have been asked to produce a presentation on the social impact of computers on shop
workers.
(a) What software features would you use to make your presentation interesting?
[2]
(b) What could you include in your presentation to show how the workers would be
affected?
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/M/J/10
[Turn over
4
4
A company is concerned about three aspects of the security of data stored in computer files:
data corruption
data loss
illegal access to data
For each of the above, give one reason why it could occur and state one method of
prevention. Your reasons must be different in each case.
Data corruption
Reason:
Data corruption
Prevention:
Data loss
Reason:
Data loss
Prevention:
Illegal access to data

Reason:
Illegal access to data

Prevention:
[6]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/M/J/10
For
Examiner's
Use
5
5
There are several methods used to implement new computer systems. Name two of these
methods and for each named method give:
For
Examiner's
Use
a brief description
one advantage compared to other methods
one disadvantage compared to other methods
Method 1
Description
Advantage
Disadvantage
Method 2
Description
Advantage
Disadvantage
[6]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/M/J/10
[Turn over
6
6
(a) Give three different types of device that allow human beings to interface with computer
systems.
1
3
[3]
(b) Give three automatic data capture devices and give a suitable application for each
device.
Device 1
Application 1
Device 2
Application 2
Device 3
Application 3
[6]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/M/J/10
For
Examiner's
Use
7
7
Describe how a supermarket would use computer technology to carry out automatic stock
control.
For
Examiner's
Use
[3]
(a) Describe the term virtual reality. Include examples of the special hardware needed to
react with virtual reality systems in your answer.
[3]
(b) Give two advantages of using virtual reality systems.

1
2
[2]
(c) Give one example of an application that uses virtual reality.
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/M/J/10
[Turn over
8
9
Many software applications use drop-down menus.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) What is meant by the term drop-down menu?
[2]
(b) A user is filling out an order form on the Internet.

(i) Give one example where a drop-down menu could help the user.
(ii) Give one example where a drop-down menu should not be used to help the user.
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/M/J/10
9
10 (a) Compilers and interpreters translate high-level languages. Give two differences
between compilers and interpreters.
For
Examiner's
Use
2
[2]
(b) Programs can be written using high-level or low-level languages.

Give one advantage of using each method.
High-level language advantage
Low-level language advantage
[2]
(c) What is meant by top-down design when developing new software?
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/M/J/10
[Turn over
10
11 A student set up a spreadsheet to compare share prices in six companies over five years.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Name of
company
Year:
Global Oil
GSD
KLN
Nesto
Takkco
Uniway
Share
price
2005
Share
Share
Share
Share
price
price
price
price
2006
2007
2008
2009
190
305
130
140
722
622
325
324
71
71
63
45
418
522
600
640
316
394
202
122
135
254
365
570
81
619
60
316
149
122
G
Average
share
price
169
522
62
499
237
289
H
Highest
share
price
305
722
71
640
394
570
(a) What formula is in cell G5 to find the average (mean) share price for KLN?
[1]
(b) What formula is in cell H5 to find the highest share price for KLN?
[1]
(c) If the data in cell E4 was changed to 425, which cells would be automatically updated?
[1]
(d) The student wants to extend the spreadsheet to include share prices for 2010.
Describe how the student would do this.
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/M/J/10
For
Examiner's
Use
11
12 A golf course charges $10 for each game of two people. Each additional person incurs a
further charge of $2 per game. If they book two or more games in advance, they get a 10%
discount on the total charge.
For
Examiner's
Use
The following program has been written in pseudocode to calculate the charges for a game.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
extracost = 0
input numberpeople, numbergames
charge = 10 * numbergames
extrapeople = numberpeople 2
if numberpeople < 2 then extracost = 2 * extrapeople * numbergames
charge = extracost
if numbergames > 1 then charge = charge * 0.1
print charge
There are three errors in the program. Locate these errors and suggest a correct piece of
coding.
Error 1
Correction 1
Error 2
Correction 2
Error 3
Correction 3
[6]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/M/J/10
[Turn over
12
13 Networks can have ring, bus or star topology.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Draw and name a diagram to show two of these networks.

Network 2
Network 1
Name: .
Name: .
[2]
(b) Give one advantage of each chosen network.

Advantage network 1
Advantage network 2
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/M/J/10
13
14 A shower unit is controlled by sensors and a microprocessor.
For
Examiner's
Use
cold water in
water valve
water heater
sensors
microprocessor
hot water out
(a) Describe how the sensors and microprocessor are used to ensure the correct water
flow and water temperature are maintained.
[4]
(b) Give one safety feature that could be built into the shower unit in case the sensors
and/or microprocessor fail.
[1]
(c) What is the advantage of having microprocessor control rather than manual control of
water flow and temperature?
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/M/J/10
[Turn over
14
15 A database has been set up to bring together information about the worlds tallest buildings.
A section of the database is shown below.
Ref
No.
TA1
MA1
US1
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
US2
CH5
CH6
DU1
TA2
Building Name
City
Country
Year
Taipei 101
Petronas Towers
Sears Tower
Jiu Mao Building
Finance Centre
CITIC Plaza
Shun Hing Square
Empire State Building
Central Plaza
Bank of China
Emirates Tower
Tuntex Sky Tower
Taipei
Kuala Lumpur
Chicago
Shanghai
Hong Kong
Guangzhan
Shenzhen
New York
Hong Kong
Hong Kong
Dubai
Kaohsiung
Taiwan
Malaysia
USA
China
China
China
China
USA
China
China
Dubai
Taiwan
2004
1998
1974
1999
2003
1996
1996
1931
1992
1989
1999
1997
No. of
Floors
101
88
110
88
88
80
69
102
78
70
54
85
Height
(m)
508
452
442
421
415
391
384
381
374
367
355
348
Height
(ft)
1667
1483
1451
1381
1362
1283
1260
1250
1227
1205
1165
1140
(a) How many records are in the section of the database shown?
[1]
(b) Using Ref No. only, which records would be output if the following search condition was
entered:
(Year < 1990) AND (Height (m) > 375)?
[1]
(c) Write down a search condition to find out how many buildings are in China or how many
buildings have more than 80 floors.
[2]
(d) For each of the following fields give a different validation check.
Year
Ref No.
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/M/J/10
For
Examiner's
Use
15
(e) The database was sorted in descending order of Year. Using Ref No. only, write down
the results of the sort.
For
Examiner's
Use
[1]
16 A company has set up an Internet website to sell their electrical goods online.
(a) Give two features you would expect to see on the website.
1
2
[2]
(b) Payments for goods can be made by credit/debit cards. Data from the cards is
encrypted.
(i) What is encryption?
(ii) Why is data encrypted?
[2]
(c) Apart from credit card fraud, people have other fears about buying from the Internet.
Describe one of these fears.
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/M/J/10
[Turn over
16
17 (a) Two methods of connecting to the Internet are dial-up and broadband.
For
Examiner's
Use
Give two advantages of using broadband.

1
[2]
(b) Computers often use wireless (WiFi) technology to connect to the Internet. Give one
advantage and one disadvantage of using WiFi.
Advantage
Disadvantage
[2]
(c) Apart from computers, name another device that uses WiFi technology.
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/M/J/10
17
18 A group of students were monitoring the temperature every day over a one-year period.
Readings were taken ten times every day (you may assume a year contains 365 days).
Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or flowchart, which
inputs all the temperatures (ten per day)

outputs the highest temperature taken over the year
outputs the lowest temperature taken over the year
outputs the average temperature per day
outputs the average temperature for the whole year
[7]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/M/J/10
For
Examiner's
Use
18
BLANK PAGE
0420/11/M/J/10
19
BLANK PAGE
0420/11/M/J/10
20
BLANK PAGE
UCLES 2010
0420/11/M/J/10
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
om
.c
s
er

*3306820156*
0420/12
COMPUTER STUDIES
May/June 2010
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes
For Examiner's Use

IB10 06_0420_12/6RP
UCLES 2010
[Turn over
2
1
Explain, with examples where appropriate, the following five computer terms.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) buffer
[2]
(b) batch processing
[2]
(c) e-commerce
[2]
(d) simulation
[2]
(e) email
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/M/J/10
3
2
A company making televisions has introduced robots to replace the human work force.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Describe three effects this would have on the work force.
1
3
[3]
(b) Give two advantages to the company of introducing robots.

1
2
[2]
(c) How could the robots be trained to assemble the televisions?
[1]
(d) A whole batch of televisions was produced with some of the parts missing. How could
this error have been avoided?
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/M/J/10
[Turn over
4
3
State four tasks performed at the analysis stage in systems analysis.
For
Examiner's
Use
4
[4]
Give four features of a Data Protection Act.

1
4
[4]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/M/J/10
5
5
A bank is worried about computer crime.
For
Examiner's
Use
One of their concerns is online access to customer accounts.

(a) How can a customers access details be discovered by criminals?
[2]
(b) Why would a customer using a credit card for online shopping be more of a security
risk than a customer using the same card in a shop?
[2]
(c) Describe what measures the bank can take to safeguard customer accounts.
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/M/J/10
[Turn over
6
6
An expert system is being developed to help engineers diagnose faults in aero engines.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Describe the steps taken to develop this new expert system.
[4]
(b) Another method used to identify and rectify faults is to train engineers using
virtual reality systems.
(i) What is virtual reality?
[1]
(ii) What special hardware is used to interface with virtual reality systems?
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/M/J/10
7
7
A screen has been developed to allow the input of data into the following fields:
name, sex, address, date of birth and examination results.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) A first attempt at designing the screen is shown below:

Student Records
Student name: .. Sex:
Student address:
.
Date of birth: / /
Exam results: Subjects and Grades
Type in NEXT to go to next student or BACK to go to previous

student:
This is not a very good input screen. Give four ways in which it could be improved.
1
4
[4]
(b) (i) What is verification?
(ii) Which fields should be verified?
[3]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/M/J/10
[Turn over
8
8
A supermarket makes use of barcodes on all its goods as part of its automatic stock control
system.
(a) Describe how the price is found for each item sold.
[2]
(b) The following are steps in the automatic stock control system.
Number the steps in the correct order.
if stock level minimum stock level
report printed out for the manager
stock level reduced by 1
new stock value written back to file
more items are ordered automatically
[4]
A factory uses a computer system to store information about customers, spare parts and
general administration.
(a) Spare parts can be identified by selecting from diagrams on a computer screen.
Describe what hardware would be needed to allow the parts to be selected in this way.
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/M/J/10
For
Examiner's
Use
9
(b) The factory needs to buy a new printer. It has decided to buy either a dot matrix printer
or an inkjet printer. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of using both types of
printer in this application.
For
Examiner's
Use
Dot matrix printer:

Advantages
Disadvantages
[3]
Inkjet printer:
Advantages
Disadvantages
[3]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/M/J/10
[Turn over
10
10 A small company runs six cars in its fleet. They have produced a spreadsheet to compare
running costs over a five month period:
A
Car Identity
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10001
10002
10003
10004
10005
10006
B
Total number
of km
30 000
20 000
50 000
30 000
20 000
30 000
Averages:
C
Cost per km
($)
1.00
4.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
1.50
2.08
D
Total cost
($)
30 000
80 000
75 000
60 000
50 000
45 000
56 667
E
Average cost
per month ($)
6 000
16 000
15 000
12 000
10 000
9 000
11 333
(a) It was decided to print out the spreadsheet formulas from D2 to E8. Using the grid
below, show what formulas would be printed:
D
Total cost
($)
E
Average cost
per month ($)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
[4]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/M/J/10
For
Examiner's
Use
11
(b) A graph of Cost per km ($) was drawn:
For
Examiner's
Use
Cost per km ($)

4.5
Cost per km ($)
4
3.5
3
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
10001
10002
10003
10004
10005
10006
Car identity
(i) Which cells were highlighted to produce this graph?
[2]
(ii) Describe how the average value of 2.08 would be shown on the graph.
[1]
(c) The data in cell C6 was changed to 3.00.

Which cells would be updated automatically?
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/M/J/10
[Turn over
12
11 A database has been set up showing information about cars:
Car ref
No of
doors
Engine
(litres)
CO2
(g/km)
Fuel used
(km/litre)
No of
cylinders
1.4
145
15.3
2.0
193
12.3
2.5
231
10.9
2.0
190
11.2
1.3
120
17.5
1.8
180
14.6
3.0
240
9.5
1.2
115
19.7
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Using Car ref only, write down which cars would be output if the following search
condition was used:
(No of doors = 4) AND (Fuel used (km/litre) > 15)
[2]
(b) Write down a search condition to find out which cars have engines larger than 1.8 litres
OR have CO2 emissions higher than 150 g/km.
[2]
(c) The database is sorted in ascending order on Fuel used (km/litre). Using Car ref
only, write down the results of the sort.
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/M/J/10
13
12 (a) State two items of hardware needed to enable a standard computer system to take
part in video conferencing.
For
Examiner's
Use
2
[2]
(b) State two additional items of software that would be needed for the video conferencing
to take place.
1
2
[2]
(c) Describe two potential problems when using video conferencing.

1
2
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/M/J/10
[Turn over
14
13 Study the following flowchart very carefully:
For
Examiner's
Use
START
INPUT X
Yes
Is X = 0?
No
PRINT
error
STOP
T=X
N=1
T = T/10
N=N+1
Yes
No
Is T < 10?
PRINT N
STOP
What output would you expect if the following data was input into the flowchart?
X
OUTPUT
-150
540
0
[3]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/M/J/10
15
14 A safety system has been developed to stop vehicles getting too close to each other on the
road.
A
For
Examiner's
Use
sensors
If vehicle A gets too close to vehicle B, the brakes are automatically applied by a computer
system in vehicle A.
(a) What type of sensors could be used on the vehicles?
[1]
(b) Describe what the safety system does to constantly monitor how close the vehicle is to
the vehicles in front and decide when to take action.
[4]
(c) Describe two potential problems with this safety system.

1
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/M/J/10
[Turn over
16
15 A floor turtle can use the following instructions:
Instruction
For
Examiner's
Use
Meaning
FORWARD d
Move d cm forward
BACKWARD d
Move d cm backward
LEFT t
Turn left t degrees
RIGHT t
Turn right t degrees
REPEAT n
Repeat the next set of instructions n times
ENDREPEAT
End of REPEAT loop
PENUP
Raise the pen
PENDOWN
Lower the pen
(In the following grid, each square is 10 cm by 10 cm.)
Start
UCLES 2010
End
0420/12/M/J/10
17
Complete the set of instructions to draw the shape (shown in bold lines) by filling in the
blank lines.
For
Examiner's
Use
LEFT 90
PENDOWN
FORWARD 10
RIGHT 90
[5]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/M/J/10
[Turn over
18
16 (a) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a flowchart, which:

For
Examiner's
Use
inputs 50 numbers
outputs how many of the numbers were > 100
[3]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/M/J/10
19
(b) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a flowchart, which:

For
Examiner's
Use
inputs 100 numbers

finds the average of the input numbers
outputs the average
[3]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/M/J/10
20
BLANK PAGE
0420/12/M/J/10
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
om
.c
s
er

*0356289971*
0420/13
COMPUTER STUDIES
May/June 2010
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes
For Examiner's Use

IB10 06_0420_13/RP
UCLES 2010
[Turn over
2
1
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) buffer
[2]
(b) batch processing
[2]
(c) e-commerce
[2]
(d) simulation
[2]
(e) email
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/M/J/10
3
2
A company making televisions has introduced robots to replace the human work force.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Describe three effects this would have on the work force.
1
3
[3]
(b) Give two advantages to the company of introducing robots.

1
2
[2]
(c) How could the robots be trained to assemble the televisions?
[1]
(d) A whole batch of televisions was produced with some of the parts missing. How could
this error have been avoided?
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/M/J/10
[Turn over
4
3
State four tasks performed at the analysis stage in systems analysis.
For
Examiner's
Use
4
[4]
Give four features of a Data Protection Act.

1
4
[4]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/M/J/10
5
5
A bank is worried about computer crime.
For
Examiner's
Use
One of their concerns is online access to customer accounts.

(a) How can a customers access details be discovered by criminals?
[2]
(b) Why would a customer using a credit card for online shopping be more of a security
risk than a customer using the same card in a shop?
[2]
(c) Describe what measures the bank can take to safeguard customer accounts.
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/M/J/10
[Turn over
6
6
An expert system is being developed to help engineers diagnose faults in aero engines.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Describe the steps taken to develop this new expert system.
[4]
(b) Another method used to identify and rectify faults is to train engineers using
virtual reality systems.
(i) What is virtual reality?
[1]
(ii) What special hardware is used to interface with virtual reality systems?
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/M/J/10
7
7
A screen has been developed to allow the input of data into the following fields:
name, sex, address, date of birth and examination results.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) A first attempt at designing the screen is shown below:

Student Records
Student name: .. Sex:
Student address:
.
Date of birth: / /
Exam results: Subjects and Grades
Type in NEXT to go to next student or BACK to go to previous

student:
This is not a very good input screen. Give four ways in which it could be improved.
1
4
[4]
(b) (i) What is verification?
(ii) Which fields should be verified?
[3]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/M/J/10
[Turn over
8
8
A supermarket makes use of barcodes on all its goods as part of its automatic stock control
system.
(a) Describe how the price is found for each item sold.
[2]
(b) The following are steps in the automatic stock control system.
Number the steps in the correct order.
if stock level minimum stock level
report printed out for the manager
stock level reduced by 1
new stock value written back to file
more items are ordered automatically
[4]
A factory uses a computer system to store information about customers, spare parts and
general administration.
(a) Spare parts can be identified by selecting from diagrams on a computer screen.
Describe what hardware would be needed to allow the parts to be selected in this way.
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/M/J/10
For
Examiner's
Use
9
(b) The factory needs to buy a new printer. It has decided to buy either a dot matrix printer
or an inkjet printer. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of using both types of
printer in this application.
For
Examiner's
Use
Dot matrix printer:

Advantages
Disadvantages
[3]
Inkjet printer:
Advantages
Disadvantages
[3]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/M/J/10
[Turn over
10
10 A small company runs six cars in its fleet. They have produced a spreadsheet to compare
running costs over a five month period:
A
Car Identity
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10001
10002
10003
10004
10005
10006
B
Total number
of km
30 000
20 000
50 000
30 000
20 000
30 000
Averages:
C
Cost per km
($)
1.00
4.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
1.50
2.08
D
Total cost
($)
30 000
80 000
75 000
60 000
50 000
45 000
56 667
E
Average cost
per month ($)
6 000
16 000
15 000
12 000
10 000
9 000
11 333
(a) It was decided to print out the spreadsheet formulas from D2 to E8. Using the grid
below, show what formulas would be printed:
D
Total cost
($)
E
Average cost
per month ($)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
[4]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/M/J/10
For
Examiner's
Use
11
(b) A graph of Cost per km ($) was drawn:
For
Examiner's
Use
Cost per km ($)

4.5
Cost per km ($)
4
3.5
3
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
10001
10002
10003
10004
10005
10006
Car identity
(i) Which cells were highlighted to produce this graph?
[2]
(ii) Describe how the average value of 2.08 would be shown on the graph.
[1]
(c) The data in cell C6 was changed to 3.00.

Which cells would be updated automatically?
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/M/J/10
[Turn over
12
11 A database has been set up showing information about cars:
Car ref
No of
doors
Engine
(litres)
CO2
(g/km)
Fuel used
(km/litre)
No of
cylinders
1.4
145
15.3
2.0
193
12.3
2.5
231
10.9
2.0
190
11.2
1.3
120
17.5
1.8
180
14.6
3.0
240
9.5
1.2
115
19.7
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Using Car ref only, write down which cars would be output if the following search
condition was used:
(No of doors = 4) AND (Fuel used (km/litre) > 15)
[2]
(b) Write down a search condition to find out which cars have engines larger than 1.8 litres
OR have CO2 emissions higher than 150 g/km.
[2]
(c) The database is sorted in ascending order on Fuel used (km/litre). Using Car ref
only, write down the results of the sort.
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/M/J/10
13
12 (a) State two items of hardware needed to enable a standard computer system to take
part in video conferencing.
For
Examiner's
Use
2
[2]
(b) State two additional items of software that would be needed for the video conferencing
to take place.
1
2
[2]
(c) Describe two potential problems when using video conferencing.

1
2
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/M/J/10
[Turn over
14
13 Study the following flowchart very carefully:
For
Examiner's
Use
START
INPUT X
Yes
Is X = 0?
No
PRINT
error
STOP
T=X
N=1
T = T/10
N=N+1
Yes
No
Is T < 10?
PRINT N
STOP
What output would you expect if the following data was input into the flowchart?
X
OUTPUT
-150
540
0
[3]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/M/J/10
15
14 A safety system has been developed to stop vehicles getting too close to each other on the
road.
A
For
Examiner's
Use
sensors
If vehicle A gets too close to vehicle B, the brakes are automatically applied by a computer
system in vehicle A.
(a) What type of sensors could be used on the vehicles?
[1]
(b) Describe what the safety system does to constantly monitor how close the vehicle is to
the vehicles in front and decide when to take action.
[4]
(c) Describe two potential problems with this safety system.

1
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/M/J/10
[Turn over
16
Instruction
For
Examiner's
Use
Meaning
FORWARD d
Move d cm forward
BACKWARD d
Move d cm backward
LEFT t
Turn left t degrees
RIGHT t
REPEAT n
ENDREPEAT
End of REPEAT loop
PENUP
Raise the pen
PENDOWN
Lower the pen
(In the following grid, each square is 10 cm by 10 cm.)
Start
UCLES 2010
End
0420/13/M/J/10
17
Complete the set of instructions to draw the shape (shown in bold lines) by filling in the
blank lines.
For
Examiner's
Use
LEFT 90
PENDOWN
FORWARD 10
RIGHT 90
[5]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/M/J/10
[Turn over
18
16 (a) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a flowchart, which:

For
Examiner's
Use
inputs 50 numbers
outputs how many of the numbers were > 100
[3]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/M/J/10
19
(b) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a flowchart, which:

For
Examiner's
Use
inputs 100 numbers

finds the average of the input numbers
outputs the average
[3]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/M/J/10
20
BLANK PAGE
0420/13/M/J/10
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
om
.c
s
er

*7786150739*
0420/11
COMPUTER STUDIES
May/June 2011
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes
For Examiner's Use

IB11 06_0420_11/3RP
UCLES 2011
[Turn over
2
1
Give three tasks carried out by an operating system.
For
Examiner's
Use
3
[3]
A user decides to use an Internet search engine to help locate a hotel.

(a) What is a search engine?
[1]
(b) Give two possible problems the user might encounter when using a search engine.
1
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/M/J/11
3
(c) The search engine found the website of a suitable hotel.
For
Examiner's
Use
Give three features you would expect to see on a hotel website.

1
[3]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/M/J/11
[Turn over
4
3
A worker at a company has to go through a logon procedure to gain access to her computer
system.
(a) The first thing she has to do is type in a user name and a password.
Why is this done?
[1]
(b) The password is typed in twice.

Why is this done?
[1]
A menu then appears on her screen. She chooses to connect to the Internet.
(c) Describe two ways her computer system is protected against loss or corruption of files
once the computer system is connected to the Internet.
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/M/J/11
For
Examiner's
Use
5
(d) The worker leaves her computer system for a 10-minute break.
For
Examiner's
Use
(i) From a health and safety aspect, why does she need to take a regular break?
(ii) Apart from switching off her machine, how could she ensure her computer system
was secure whilst taking her regular break?
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/M/J/11
[Turn over
6
4
The following diagram shows a typical expert system.
Explanation
System
For
Examiner's
Use
Working
store
X
Z
Knowledge
Base Editor
(a) Name the missing labels W to Z using the following list of possible options.
Inference Engine
Expert System Shell
Knowledge Base
User Interface
W
X
Y
Z
[4]
(b) Name one of the components that makes up the knowledge base.
[1]
(c) Give one advantage and one disadvantage of using expert systems.
Advantage:
Disadvantage:
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/M/J/11
7
(d) Name two examples of the use of expert systems.
For
Examiner's
Use
2
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/M/J/11
[Turn over
8
5
Study the following flowchart very carefully:
For
Examiner's
Use
START
count = 1
total = 0
X=0
INPUT
number
Is number > 0 ?
Yes
X=X+1
No
count = count + 1
Yes
Is count <= 10 ?
No
average = total/X
OUTPUT
average
STOP
UCLES 2011
total = total + number
0420/11/M/J/11
9
(a) Complete the trace table for the following data set:
15,
-2,
0,
count
8,
0,
number
21,
-8,
total
-12,
1,
X
For
Examiner's
Use
25
average
OUTPUT
[4]
(b) What is the purpose of this flowchart?
[1]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/M/J/11
[Turn over
10
6
Describe the role of computer software and hardware when producing animation effects in
the television and film industry.
[3]
A spreadsheet has been set up to compare the costs of types of fruit juice sold by a shop.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
A
NAME OF FRUIT
JUICE
Apple
Orange
Pomegranate
Caju
Mango
B
NORMAL PRICE
PER BOTTLE ($)
3.50
2.80
4.55
2.00
1.05
C
D
VOLUME OF
COST PER LITRE
BOTTLE (LITRES)
($)
1.0
3.50
1.0
2.80
0.7
6.50
2.0
1.00
0.7
1.50
Average cost:
3.06
(a) (i) What formula is in cell D5 to calculate the cost of Caju juice per litre?
(ii) What formula is in cell D7 to calculate the mean (average) cost of fruit juice per
litre?
[2]
(b) What validation check could be carried out on the data in cells B2 to B6?
[1]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/M/J/11
For
Examiner's
Use
11
(c) Three extra columns are to be added to this spreadsheet:
Column E will show a percent discount on the normal price of a bottle of fruit juice
(as shown in column B);
Column F will show this discount in dollars ($);
Column G will show the price of a bottle of fruit juice after discount.
For
Examiner's
Use
Complete the spreadsheet by showing the formulas that need to be placed in cells
F2 to F6 and G2 to G6.
E
Percentage
discount (%)
10
20
15
10
F
Discount amount ($)
G
Discounted price per
bottle ($)
[4]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/M/J/11
[Turn over
12
8
Many computer-controlled systems use sensors to gather physical data. For example,
temperature sensors are used in the control of central heating systems.
(a) Name three other sensors and give a different application for each named sensor.
Sensor 1:
Application:
Sensor 2:
Application:
Sensor 3:
Application:
[6]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/M/J/11
For
Examiner's
Use
13
(b) Describe how temperature sensors are used in computer-controlled central heating
systems.
For
Examiner's
Use
[3]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/M/J/11
[Turn over
14
9
An international company uses video-conferencing. The system is set up as follows:
For
Examiner's
Use
screen + web cam
microphone
microphone
speakers
conference room 1
(
conference room 2
represents a person at the meeting)
(a) Describe how the video-conferencing system works.
[4]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/M/J/11
15
(b) Give two reasons why video-conferencing is gaining in popularity.
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/M/J/11
[Turn over
16
10 (a) Two logic gates are the AND gate and the OR gate. Complete the truth tables for
these two gates:
OR gate
AND gate
A
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
(b) Complete the truth table for the following logic circuit:
AND
OR
AND
C
NOT
[4]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/M/J/11
17
11 (a) Describe three features you would expect to find in a Computer Aided Design (CAD)
package.
For
Examiner's
Use
[3]
(b) Give three different applications where CAD might be used.

1
[3]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/M/J/11
[Turn over
18
12 Many vehicles use Global Positioning Systems (GPS) to know their exact location at all
times.
(a) How does GPS work?
[3]
A taxi company uses GPS in all its vehicles.
(b) One of its taxis is on Main Street and needs to go to Railway Street.
How is GPS technology used to help the taxi driver get to his new destination?
[2]
(c) Name one other feature of GPS that could be useful to the driver.
[1]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/M/J/11
For
Examiner's
Use
19
(d) Give two reasons why the GPS could take the driver to the wrong destination or cause
error messages.
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
13 It has been decided to model the traffic flow at a busy road junction.
(a) Describe how data is gathered for this model.
[3]
(b) Give two reasons why a model is used.

1
2
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/M/J/11
[Turn over
20
14 (a) Name and draw two common types of network topology.
Type 1:
For
Examiner's
Use
Type 2:
[2]
(b) Give two advantages of networking computers.

1
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/M/J/11
21
15 A database showing the population of world cities has been produced. A section of the
database is shown below.
Ref
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Name of
City
Tokyo
New York
Sao Paulo
Seoul
Mexico City
Osaka
Manila
Mumbai
Jakarta
Calcutta
Country
Area
Japan
USA
Brazil
S Korea
Mexico
Japan
Philippines
India
Indonesia
India
Asia
America
America
Asia
America
Asia
Asia
Asia
Asia
Asia
City
Population (m)
33.2
17.8
17.7
17.5
17.4
16.4
14.8
14.4
14.3
12.7
For
Examiner's
Use
Urban
Capital
Population (m)
34.1
Yes
21.9
No
20.2
No
22.3
Yes
22.7
Yes
16.8
No
14.9
Yes
19.7
No
17.2
Yes
15.6
No
(a) How many records are shown above?

[1]
(b) Using Ref No only, which records would be found if the following search condition was
typed in
(Country = India OR Area = America) AND (Capital = No)
[2]
(c) Write a search condition to find the cities in Asia with a city population greater than
17 million OR an urban population greater than 20 million.
[2]
(d) Give one advantage of using Y or N rather than Yes or No in the Capital column.
[1]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/M/J/11
[Turn over
22
For
Examiner's
Use
Instruction
Meaning
FORWARD d
Move d cm forward
BACKWARD d
Move d cm backward
LEFT t
Turn left t degrees
RIGHT t
REPEAT n
ENDREPEAT
End of REPEAT loop
PENUP
Raise the pen
PENDOWN
Lower the pen
(Each square in the drawing below is 10 cm by 10 cm.)
Start
UCLES 2011
0420/11/M/J/11
Finish
23
Complete the set of instructions to draw the above shape (shown in bold lines).
For
Examiner's
Use
PENDOWN
LEFT 90
REPEAT
[5]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/M/J/11
[Turn over
24
17 Daniel lives in Italy and travels to Mexico, India and New Zealand. The times differences
are:
Country
Mexico
India
New Zealand
Hours
-7
+4
+11
For
Examiner's
Use
Minutes
0
+30
0
Thus, if it is 10:15 in Italy it will be 14:45 in India.

(a) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or otherwise, which:
Inputs the name of the country

Inputs the time in Italy in hours (H) and minutes (M)
Calculates the time in the country input using the data from the table
Outputs the country and the time in hours and minutes
[4]
(b) Describe, with examples, two sets of test data you would use to test your algorithm.
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/M/J/11
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
om
.c
s
er

*3308700159*
0420/12
COMPUTER STUDIES
May/June 2011
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes
For Examiner's Use

IB11 06_0420_12/4RP
UCLES 2011
[Turn over
2
1
(a) Give two features you would expect to find in a data protection act.
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
(b) Why would this act still not necessarily protect data stored in a computer system?
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/M/J/11
3
2
(a) What is meant by the term user documentation?
For
Examiner's
Use
[1]
(b) Give three items you would expect to see in user documentation.
1
3
[3]
(c) Rather than supply the user documentation on paper, a company decides to offer
online help.
(i) Give one advantage of doing this.
(ii) Give one disadvantage of doing this.
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/M/J/11
[Turn over
4
3
Most operating systems provide a user interface.

(a) User interfaces can be either command line interfaces (CLI) or graphical user
interfaces (GUI).
Give one advantage and one disadvantage of both types of interface.
Advantage CLI:
Disadvantage CLI:
Advantage GUI:
Disadvantage GUI:
[4]
(b) Give three other tasks carried out by an operating system.

1
3
[3]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/M/J/11
For
Examiner's
Use
5
4
A company has decided to introduce an intranet and remove Internet access for its staff.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Describe two reasons why the company will not allow its staff Internet access.
1
[2]
(b) Apart from removing Internet access, give two advantages to the company of using an
intranet.
1
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/M/J/11
[Turn over
6
5
The following table shows four applications which require specialist input devices.
For each application, suggest one possible input device and give a reason for your choice.
Application
Input device
Reason for choice of device
Virtual reality
application
Disabled person
communicating with
a computer system
Automatic stock
control system at a
supermarket
Information kiosk at
an airport using a
GUI interface
[8]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/M/J/11
For
Examiner's
Use
7
6
Five security or data loss issues are shown on the left hand side.
For
Examiner's
Use
Five possible methods of data recovery or protection are shown on the right.
Match the definitions/descriptions on the left to the most appropriate method on the right by
drawing connecting arrows.
Issues
Methods
Data loss caused by hard

disk head crash
Anti-virus software
Hacking into files and

changing or deleting data
Encryption
Introduction of software that

self-replicates and can
cause data loss
Anti-spyware software
Reading of illegally
accessed documents
Make back-up files
Software that logs/records

all key presses on your
computer without you
knowing
Use of passwords and a

firewall
[5]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/M/J/11
[Turn over
8
7
(a) Read the following section of code that inputs twenty (20) numbers and then outputs
the largest number input.
1
h=0
c=0
repeat
read x
if x > h then x = h
c=c+1
print h
until c < 20
There are three errors in this code.

Locate these errors and suggest a corrected piece of code.
1
[3]
(b) The above code is an example of a high-level language.

Give two features of a high-level language.
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/M/J/11
For
Examiner's
Use
9
(c) The code is to be interpreted rather than compiled.
For
Examiner's
Use
Give one difference between these two methods.
[1]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/M/J/11
[Turn over
10
8
A media sales company has set up a website.
For
Examiner's
Use
The opening page is:
DVD media sales company

Please input your Customer ID
Select your film category
COMEDY
END
CONTINUE
(a) (i) What type of menu is being used for the film category?
(ii) Give one advantage of this type of menu.
[2]
(b) (i) Name a validation check that could be used on the Customer ID field?
[1]
(ii) Describe two types of test data, together with examples, that could be used to see
whether the validation check named in (i) works.
Type 1
Example
Type 2
Example
[4]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/M/J/11
11
9
Juan decided to buy 40 tracks online from a music distribution company.

The tracks are all in MP3 format.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) What is the benefit of downloading tracks in MP3 format rather than in the normal CD
format?
[1]
Juan uses a company which offers the following Internet broadband transfer rates:
56 megabits per second download

16 megabits per second upload
(b) If each music track is 3.5 megabytes in size, how long would it take Juan to download
his 40 tracks? (Show your working).
[2]
(c) He has decided to upload 36 photographs onto his social networking website. Each
photograph is 1.8 megabytes in size.
How long would it take to upload his photographs?
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/M/J/11
[Turn over
12
10 The following flowchart inputs ten temperatures and outputs the average (mean)
temperature and the number of temperatures which were negative (i.e. < 0).
START
N=0
sum = 0
X=0
count = 1
input T
X=X+1
sum = sum + T
Yes
is T < 0 ?
N=N+1
No
count = count + 1
Yes
is count < 11 ?
No
average = sum/X
output
average, N
STOP
UCLES 2011
0420/12/M/J/11
For
Examiner's
Use
13
(a) Complete the trace table for this flowchart using the following test data:
5,
11,
N
16,
-4,
sum
-10,
8,
10,
X
-3,
17,
count
For
Examiner's
Use
10
T
average
[6]
(b) What values are output from the flowchart using the above test data?
[1]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/M/J/11
[Turn over
14
11 (a) (i) Complete the truth table for the following logic circuit:
For
Examiner's
Use
NAND
NAND
B
NAND
A
0
0
1
1
B
0
1
0
1
[2]
(ii) Which single logic gate has the same function as the above logic circuit?
[1]
(b) (i) Complete the truth table for the following logic circuit:
NOR
NOR
B
NOR
A
0
0
1
1
B
0
1
0
1
[2]
(ii) Which single logic gate has the same function as the above logic circuit?
[1]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/M/J/11
15
12 An electronic chess board is connected to
a computer. There are sensors under
each square and each chess piece has a
magnet in its base.
In a game, one player is the computer

and the other player a person.
For
Examiner's
Use
In the example on the right, a piece has

been moved from A7 to B5.
Each chess piece has pre-programmed
legal moves.
4
3
2
1
(a) Describe how the computer knows when or if a chess piece has moved.
[3]
(b) A person moves a chess piece when prompted by the computer. How would the
computer know if the move made was legal?
[2]
(c) Name the type of software application that can play chess games in this way.
[1]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/M/J/11
[Turn over
16
13 Describe three advantages and two disadvantages to the general public of using the
Internet to do online shopping.
Advantages
1
Disadvantages
1
[5]
14 A spreadsheet has been set up to show the size of some model cars.
A
B
full length
(m)
C
scale
D
scale length
(m)
name
Raudi R8
5.22
18
0.29
Monda Civil
4.30
43
0.10
R Skate
6.12
18
0.34
Silly for 2
2.76
12
0.23
Citron C1
3.42
18
0.19
Singer S2
5.20
10
0.52
UCLES 2011
0420/12/M/J/11
E
Is model > 0.25 m ?
For
Examiner's
Use
17
(a) What formulas must be in column D?
For
Examiner's
Use
D
1
scale length (m)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
[2]
(b) (i) The formula = IF (D2 > 0.25, Y, N) was typed into E2. What output would be
shown in E2?
(ii) If this formula was replicated all the way down from E3 to E7, what formula would
be in E7?
[2]
(c) Describe a way of filtering out only those models which are scale 18.
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/M/J/11
[Turn over
18
15 Name three different types of storage media and give an example of each.
For
Examiner's
Use
Type 1
Example
Type 2
Example
Type 3
Device
[3]
16 A book shop uses barcodes for its computerised stock control.

Each book title has a barcode which identifies it.
The data is stored in a table.
(a) A sample of the data stored in the table is shown below:

Barcode
Book title
123456789012
345678901234
567890123456
Blue Lagoon
Happy Hour
Young Blood
Author
Copies
AA Smith
BJ Cocktail
CM Vein
27
30
19
Publication
date
10/2001
11/1997
06/2009
(i) Which is the key field?
(ii) Give two examples of when the data in the table will need to be changed.
1
2
[3]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/M/J/11
19
(b) Each barcode has a check digit.
For
Examiner's
Use
(i) Explain how the check digit is used as a validation check.
(ii) What type of error can the check digit identify?
[2]
(c) Name different suitable validation checks for each of the following fields:
Book title:
Copies:
Publication date:
[3]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/M/J/11
[Turn over
20
17 A school has 1800 students. The start date and leaving date for each student is stored on
file. Dates are in the format YYMMDD (e.g. a student starting on 10th September 2007 and
leaving on 4th August 2012 has the data 070910 and 120804 on file).
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or otherwise, which
inputs Student ID for all 1800 students

inputs the start date and leaving date for each student
carries out a check to ensure the second date is later
if error, increments error counter
outputs the number of errors
[5]
(b) Describe, with examples, two sets of test data you would use to test your algorithm.
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/M/J/11
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
om
.c
s
er

*4670938493*
0420/11
COMPUTER STUDIES
May/June 2012
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes
For Examiner's Use

IB12 06_0420_11/2RP
UCLES 2012
[Turn over
2
1
Video conferencing, Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) and instant messaging are all used
as communication methods. Certain devices are essential to enable each of these
communication methods to be used.
Tick () the appropriate cells in the table below to show which one or more devices are
essential for each method.
keyboard
microphone
speaker
webcam
VoIP
video
conferencing
instant
messaging
[3]
Describe ways to guard against each of the following Internet security issues. (A different
method should be given in each case.)
viruses
hacking
spyware
phishing
tapping into wireless networks
[5]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/M/J/12
For
Examiner's
Use
3
3
An airport is converting all its manual information systems to computerised systems.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) One stage in analysing the existing system is fact finding.

State three methods of fact finding:
1
2
3
[3]
(b) Which of your named methods would be best suited to this application?
Give two reasons for your choice.
Method
Reason 1
Reason 2
[2]
Michael is preparing a multimedia presentation.

(a) What three features should he include in his presentation to make it more interesting?
1
2
3
[3]
(b) Give two reasons why a presentation would be better than just printing out and
distributing a newsletter.
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/M/J/12
[Turn over
4
5
A floor turtle can use the following instructions.

Instruction
For
Examiner's
Use
Meaning
FORWARD x
Move x cm forwards
LEFT t
Turn left t degrees
RIGHT t
REPEAT n
Repeat next set of instructions n times
ENDREPEAT
Finish repeated instructions
PENUP
Lift the pen
PENDOWN
Lower the pen
Each square =
10 cm by 10 cm
45
Each diagonal
line = 14 cm
45
Start
UCLES 2012
0420/11/M/J/12
Finish
5
Complete the set of instructions to draw the above shape in the direction shown by the
arrows.
For
Examiner's
Use
PENDOWN
FORWARD 20
LEFT 90
[5]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/M/J/12
[Turn over
6
6
Carefully study the following flowchart.
For
Examiner's
Use
START
C=1
L=0
N=0
S=0
T=0
INPUT A, B
Is A > B ?
Yes
L=L+1
N=AB
S=S+1
N=BA
No
Is B > A ?
Yes
No
N=0
T=T+N
C=C+1
Is C < = 10 ?
No
Yes
OUTPUT L, S, T
STOP
UCLES 2012
0420/11/M/J/12
7
(a) Complete the trace table for the following data:
8, 4,
3, 1,
C
5, 8,
L
4, 2,
N
1, 3,
2, 2,
S
1, 2,
T
5, 5,
A
4, 0,
For
Examiner's
Use
5, 4
B
[6]
(b) What is the final output from the algorithm?

L=
S=
T=
UCLES 2012
[2]
0420/11/M/J/12
[Turn over
8
7
A large hotel has a website. The website offers the following facilities:
For
Examiner's
Use
a virtual tour of the hotel

an interactive map
the ability to book rooms online
(a) Give two features you would expect to find in each facility.
virtual tour
1
interactive map
1
room booking online

1
2
[6]
(b) Describe one other feature you would expect to see on the hotels website.
[1]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/M/J/12
9
8
A spreadsheet has been set up to record employees hotel expenses for one year.
The data for one employee is shown below.
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Hotel
Grand
Station
Northern
Western
George
Quality
B
Tariff
Sunday to
Thursday
($)
150
200
90
120
180
100
C
Tariff
Friday to
Saturday
($)
90
120
60
80
100
70
D
No of
nights
(Sunday to
Thursday)
3
2
5
4
2
3
E
No of
nights
(Friday to
Saturday)
2
1
0
1
2
1
For
Examiner's
Use
Total
cost ($)
630
520
450
560
560
370
Maximum
allowance
($)
600
800
360
480
720
400
(a) What formula is in F2 to calculate the employees costs at the Grand Hotel?
[2]
(b) The maximum allowance is four times the Sunday to Thursday tariff.
What formula is in G2?
[1]
(c) A manager wants to know whether an employee exceeded their maximum allowance at
each hotel.
Describe how the spreadsheet could be used to do this.
[2]
(d) A macro was written to convert the tariff rate into different currencies. The exchange
rate was taken directly from a website.
What is the advantage of using a macro to do this?
[1]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/M/J/12
[Turn over
10
9
Vehicles passing over a bridge are detected automatically using sensors and a computer.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) What sensors could be used?

[1]
(b) The graph below shows the number of vehicles counted during certain periods of the day.
This graph is produced automatically at the end of each day.
Number of vehicles
Bridge traffic on
1 March 2012
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
12-6
6-9
9-12
12-4
4-12
Time period
A record is created each time a vehicle is detected. These records are processed to
generate the graph and for other purposes.
What data need to be stored in each record?
[2]
(c) State two other methods of automatic data capture. In each case, name an application
which would use this method.
Method 1
Application 1
Method 2
Application 2
[4]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/M/J/12
11
10 Jatinder uses Internet banking.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Give one benefit and one drawback of using Internet banking.
Benefit
Drawback
[2]
She uses a 5-digit PIN.
(b) Every time she logs on, she is asked to give 3 random digits from the PIN. She was
asked to give her 3rd, 1st and 4th digit. This changes every time she logs on.
Give a reason for this.
[1]
(c) A different application needs the whole PIN to be input.

The following code has been written to check the PIN:
c = 0
INPUT PIN
x = PIN
REPEAT
x = x/10
c = c + 1
UNTIL x < 1
IF c < 5
THEN
PRINT error in PIN entered
ELSE
PRINT PIN OK
ENDIF
(i) What value of c and what message would be output if the following PINs were
entered?
5 1 0 2 0 Value of c:
Message:
5120
Value of c:
Message:
[2]
(ii) What type of validation check is being carried out here?

[1]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/M/J/12
[Turn over
12
11 A simulation using a mathematical model is being used to forecast the weather one week in
advance.
(a) (i) State what data are gathered for this model.
(ii) Explain how the data are gathered for this model.
[2]
(b) (i) Describe how the simulation can predict the weather for the next seven days.
(ii) Describe in what format the predicted weather can be shown.
[2]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/M/J/12
For
Examiner's
Use
13
BLANK PAGE
UCLES 2012
0420/11/M/J/12
[Turn over
14
12 (a) (i) Complete the truth table for the following logic circuit, which is made up of NAND
gates:
A
X
B
[2]
(ii) What single logic gate has the same function as the above logic circuit?
[1]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/M/J/12
For
Examiner's
Use
15
A
For
Examiner's
Use
AND
OR
OR
NOT
[4]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/M/J/12
[Turn over
16
13 Andrew is sending a large document to a printer.
(a) State the name for the area of memory used to store temporarily the data being sent to
the printer.
[1]
(b) The printer runs out of paper during the printing job. A signal is sent back to the
computer to temporarily stop its current task.
Name this type of signal.
[1]
(c) When trying to save this document after it was printed, the computer stops responding.
Give two reasons why the computer might stop responding.
1
2
[2]
(d) Andrew ended up losing his electronic document.

How could that have been prevented?
[1]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/M/J/12
For
Examiner's
Use
17
14 A database was set up to show the properties of certain chemical elements. Part of the
Name of
element
Element
Symbol
oxygen
iron
mercury
bromine
osmium
caesium
gallium
argon
silver
O
Fe
Hg
Br
Os
Cs
Ga
Ar
Ag
Atomic
Number
Atomic
Weight
8
26
80
35
76
55
31
18
47
Melting
Boiling
Point (C) Point (C)
16
56
201
80
190
133
70
40
108
- 218
1538
- 38
-7
3033
28
30
- 189
961
- 183
2861
356
59
5012
671
2204
- 186
2162
For
Examiner's
Use
State at
room temp
gas
solid
liquid
liquid
solid
solid
solid
gas
solid
(a) How many fields are in each record?

[1]
(b) The following search condition was entered:

(Melting Point (C) < 40) AND (Atomic Weight > 100)
Using Element Symbol only, which records would be output?
[2]
(c) We need to know which elements have an atomic number greater than 50 and are
solid at room temperature.
Write down the search condition to find out these elements.
[2]
(d) The data are to be sorted in descending order of Boiling Point (C).
Write down the new order of records using the Element Symbol only.
[2]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/M/J/12
[Turn over
18
15 A vending machine has the choices shown below.
10
tea
11
with milk
12
with sugar
20
coffee
21
with milk
22
with sugar
30
hot chocolate
31
extra milk
32
extra sugar
40
cold water
41
hot water
42
fizzy water
50
coke
51
orange
52
lemon
60
chicken soup
61
tomato soup
with milk and

sugar
with milk and
23
sugar
with extra milk
33
and extra sugar
13
A customer uses a keypad to make their choice. Each number entered is represented in a
6-bit binary register.
For example, key press 33 (hot chocolate with extra milk and extra sugar) is represented
by:
1
32
16
(a) (i) If a customer chooses coffee with milk and sugar what is the key press?
(ii) How is it represented in the 6-bit register?
32
16
[2]
(b) If the 6-bit register shows
1
what drink has the customer chosen?

[1]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/M/J/12
For
Examiner's
Use
19
(c) A customer using the vending machine gets an error message after keying in their
selection.
For
Examiner's
Use
What could have caused this error message?
[1]
(d) It was decided to split the register so that each digit was represented by its own 3-bit
register:
For example,
4 2 would now be represented as:
(i) What drink has been chosen if the 3-bit registers contain:
1
[1]
(ii) How would the lemon option be shown on both types of register?
32
16
[2]
(iii) What is the advantage of using two 3-bit registers rather than one 6-bit register?
[1]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/M/J/12
[Turn over
20
16 A car park uses sensors and a microprocessor to monitor cars leaving and entering.
The car park is open 24 hours every day. The parking fee is $10 per day.
The following flowchart shows how the IN and OUT barriers are controlled. Some of the
statements are missing.
Using item numbers only, insert the correct item numbers into the flowchart from the item
list.
START
read the IN
sensor
any signal
received from
IN sensor?
No
read the OUT

sensor
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
UCLES 2012
0420/11/M/J/12
For
Examiner's
Use
21
List of statements
Item Number
For
Examiner's
Use
Description
activate motor to raise IN barrier
activate motor to raise OUT barrier
any signal received from OUT sensor?
decrease number of cars in car park by 1
increase number of cars in car park by 1
is car park full?
is the car park fee paid?
OUTPUT car park full
OUTPUT please pay car park fee at pay machine
10
use ADC to convert IN sensor signal to digital
11
use ADC to convert OUT sensor signal to digital
12
use DAC to convert computer signal to analogue signal to operate IN barrier
13
use DAC to convert computer signal to analogue signal to operate OUT barrier
14
wait 30 seconds and then close barrier

[6]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/M/J/12
[Turn over
22
17 Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a program flowchart only, which:
For
Examiner's
Use
inputs the population and land area for 500 countries,

calculates the population density (i.e. population/land area) for every country,
outputs the largest and smallest population density,
outputs the average population for all 500 countries.
[6]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/M/J/12
23
BLANK PAGE
UCLES 2012
0420/11/M/J/12
24
BLANK PAGE
UCLES 2012
0420/11/M/J/12
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
om
.c
s
er

*9702994269*
0420/12
COMPUTER STUDIES
May/June 2012
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes
For Examiner's Use

IB12 06_0420_12/2RP
UCLES 2012
[Turn over
2
1
Write down three of the stages in the system life cycle.
For
Examiner's
Use
3
[3]
Both email and mobile phones can be used to send messages.

Give one advantage and one disadvantage of using each method when compared to each
other.
(i) Email:
Advantage
Disadvantage
(ii) Mobile phones:

Advantage
Disadvantage
[4]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/M/J/12
3
3
A computer system is to have wireless access (Wi-Fi) to the Internet.
For
Examiner's
Use
State five potential security issues.

1
5
[5]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/M/J/12
[Turn over
4
4
A list of four printers and four different applications which use printers is shown below.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Using arrows, link each printer to the most appropriate application.
Printing documents in a
factory environment which
is dusty and damp
3D printer
High quality printing of

30 000 colour booklets per
day
Dot matrix printer
Producing prototypes in
resin of a new design
Colour inkjet printer
Producing a colour poster
Colour laser printer
[4]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/M/J/12
5
(b) Give one feature of each printer which makes it appropriate for the application.
For
Examiner's
Use
3D printer
Dot matrix printer
Colour inkjet printer
Colour laser printer
[4]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/M/J/12
[Turn over
6
5
(a) Give three features you would expect to see in a typical Computer Aided Design (CAD)
program.
1
[3]
(b) Describe three specialist output devices which could be used with a CAD program
when developing a new product.
1
[3]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/M/J/12
For
Examiner's
Use
7
(c) Describe two potential health risks and one potential safety risk when using computer
systems.
For
Examiner's
Use
Health risk 1
Health risk 2
Safety risk
[3]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/M/J/12
[Turn over
8
6
Carefully study the following flowchart:
For
Examiner's
Use
START
M = 32
T=1
S=0
C=1
INPUT D
T=D*M
M = M/2
S=S+T
C=C+1
Yes
No
OUTPUT S
STOP
UCLES 2012
0420/12/M/J/12
9
For
Examiner's
Use
1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1
M
[4]
(b) What process does this flowchart perform?
[1]
(c) Predict the output from the flowchart for an input of 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0
[1]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/M/J/12
[Turn over
10
7
An expert system is being developed to diagnose faults in electronic equipment. Each piece
of equipment is made up of the following components:
screen
keypad (containing F1 to F9 keys)
sound card and speakers
RAM and ROM
microphone
(a) The following series of questions were asked by the expert system. The responses by
the user are also shown:
Response
Question
Is the screen operating?
Yes
If the F2 key is pressed, does the screen go green?
Yes
If the F1 key is pressed, can sound output be heard?
No
(i) In which component is the fault likely to be?
[1]
(ii) What would the expert system do next to help diagnose the exact fault in the
component(s)?
[2]
(iii) What output would the expert system produce?
[1]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/M/J/12
For
Examiner's
Use
11
(b) An expert system has an input-output interface. State three other parts that make up a
typical expert system.
For
Examiner's
Use
1
2
3
[3]
(c) The electronic equipment contains RAM and ROM.

Give one use of each type of memory.
RAM
ROM
[2]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/M/J/12
[Turn over
12
8
Body mass index (bmi) is calculated using the following formula:

bmi =
For
Examiner's
Use
weight
(height)2
Six peoples data are shown in the spreadsheet below:

A
1
name
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Theo
Sujatmi
Angela
Juan
Jatinder
Igor
weight
(kg)
70.0
63.6
72.4
110.0
76.4
70.5
height
(m)
1.87
2.03
1.70
1.90
1.65
1.98
D
bmi
E
underweight,
normal or
overweight
20.0
15.4
25.1
30.5
28.1
18.0
(a) What formulas must be in column D to calculate each persons bmi?

D
1
bmi
2
3
4
5
6
7
[2]
(b) Column E indicates whether the person is underweight, normal or overweight.
(i) The following formula was typed into E2:
= IF(D2<18.5, underweight, IF(D2>25, overweight, normal))
What output would appear in E2?
[1]
(ii) What formula needs to be placed in D8 to find the average (mean) bmi?
[1]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/M/J/12
13
(iii) If the formula in E2 were replicated down to E8, what formula would appear in E8?
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
(c) Column F was added to the spreadsheet to show each persons ideal weight. This is
calculated using twenty times the square of a persons height.
What formula needs to be placed in F2?
[1]
(a) Give a suitable application for each of the following data capture devices:
barcode reader
radio frequency identification (RFID) reader
magnetic stripe reader

[3]
(b) State two different validation checks and give an example of their use. Each example
should be different.
Check 1
Use
Check 2
Use
[4]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/M/J/12
[Turn over
14
10 (a) Complete the truth table for the following logic circuit, which is made up of NAND
gates:
A
B
X
[4]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/M/J/12
For
Examiner's
Use
15
(b) Name two other types of logic gate and complete their associated truth tables:
Gate 1:
For
Examiner's
Use
Gate 2:
[4]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/M/J/12
[Turn over
16
11 A room in a house is fitted with a computerised intruder alarm system:
window
For
Examiner's
Use
= infra red sensors

= pressure sensors
door
(a) (i) Describe how the sensors and computer would be used to detect intruders.
(ii) Describe how the system warns that an intruder has been detected.
[4]
(b) It is decided to automatically close door and window shutters if an intruder is detected.
What additional processing and hardware would be needed?
[2]
(c) Name another sensor that could have been used in this intruder alarm system.
[1]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/M/J/12
17
(d) What measures could be taken to stop or minimise the number of false alarms?
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
12 (a) John has bought a 4 Gbyte MP3 player.

(You may assume: 1 byte = 8 bits, 1 Mbyte = 1024 kbytes and 1Gbyte = 1024 Mbytes)
(i) We can assume that each song lasts 3 minutes and is recorded at 128 kbps
(kilobits per second).
How much memory is required per song?
[2]
(ii) Using your answer in (i), how many songs can be stored on Johns MP3 player?
[2]
(b) John also bought a device for recording television programmes. It allows him to record
a programme at the same time as he is watching an earlier recording.
Describe how such a system would work.
[3]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/M/J/12
[Turn over
18
13 Look at these two pieces of code:
A:
CLC
LDX
loop: LDA
ADC
STA
INX
CPX
BNE
#0
A,X
B,X
C,X
B: FOR Loop
INPUT
Sum =
PRINT
NEXT
For
Examiner's
Use
= 1 TO 4
Number1, Number2
Number1 + Number2
Sum
#16
loop
(a) Which of these pieces of code is written in a high-level language?

[1]
(b) Give one benefit of writing code in a high-level language.
[1]
(c) Give one benefit of writing code in a low-level language.
[1]
(d) High-level languages can be compiled or interpreted.

Give two differences between a compiler and an interpreter.
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/M/J/12
19
14 A ship at sea uses Global Positioning System (GPS) technology to navigate.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Describe how GPS technology is used to help the ships navigation.
[4]
(b) Describe two benefits to the ships personnel through using GPS technology.
1
[2]
(c) How should the ships satnav device give navigation instructions to the ships
personnel?
[1]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/M/J/12
[Turn over
20
15 An estate agent advertises houses for sale. The customer enquiries for a 7-day working
week are entered weekly into a computer.
For
Examiner's
Use
Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a program flowchart only, which:
inputs the number of customer enquiries each day,

inputs the house price each customer enquires about,
outputs how many customers enquired each day about houses costing less than
$100 000,
outputs the percentage of all enquiries made during the week about houses costing
more than $500 000.
[6]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/M/J/12
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
om
.c
s
er

*2907193166*
0420/13
COMPUTER STUDIES
May/June 2012
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes
For Examiner's Use

IB12 06_0420_13/FP
UCLES 2012
[Turn over
2
1
Video conferencing, Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) and instant messaging are all used
as communication methods. Certain devices are essential to enable each of these
communication methods to be used.
Tick () the appropriate cells in the table below to show which one or more devices are
essential for each method.
keyboard
microphone
speaker
webcam
VoIP
video
conferencing
instant
messaging
[3]
Describe ways to guard against each of the following Internet security issues. (A different
method should be given in each case.)
viruses
hacking
spyware
phishing
tapping into wireless networks
[5]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/M/J/12
For
Examiner's
Use
3
3
An airport is converting all its manual information systems to computerised systems.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) One stage in analysing the existing system is fact finding.

State three methods of fact finding:
1
2
3
[3]
(b) Which of your named methods would be best suited to this application?
Give two reasons for your choice.
Method
Reason 1
Reason 2
[2]
Michael is preparing a multimedia presentation.

(a) What three features should he include in his presentation to make it more interesting?
1
2
3
[3]
(b) Give two reasons why a presentation would be better than just printing out and
distributing a newsletter.
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/M/J/12
[Turn over
4
5
A floor turtle can use the following instructions.

Instruction
For
Examiner's
Use
Meaning
FORWARD x
Move x cm forwards
LEFT t
Turn left t degrees
RIGHT t
REPEAT n
Repeat next set of instructions n times
ENDREPEAT
Finish repeated instructions
PENUP
Lift the pen
PENDOWN
Lower the pen
Each square =
10 cm by 10 cm
45
Each diagonal
line = 14 cm
45
Start
UCLES 2012
0420/13/M/J/12
Finish
5
Complete the set of instructions to draw the above shape in the direction shown by the
arrows.
For
Examiner's
Use
PENDOWN
FORWARD 20
LEFT 90
[5]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/M/J/12
[Turn over
6
6
Carefully study the following flowchart.
For
Examiner's
Use
START
C=1
L=0
N=0
S=0
T=0
INPUT A, B
Is A > B ?
Yes
L=L+1
N=AB
S=S+1
N=BA
No
Is B > A ?
Yes
No
N=0
T=T+N
C=C+1
Is C < = 10 ?
No
Yes
OUTPUT L, S, T
STOP
UCLES 2012
0420/13/M/J/12
7
8, 4,
3, 1,
C
5, 8,
L
4, 2,
N
1, 3,
2, 2,
S
1, 2,
T
5, 5,
A
4, 0,
For
Examiner's
Use
5, 4
B
[6]
(b) What is the final output from the algorithm?

L=
S=
T=
UCLES 2012
[2]
0420/13/M/J/12
[Turn over
8
7
A large hotel has a website. The website offers the following facilities:
For
Examiner's
Use
a virtual tour of the hotel

an interactive map
the ability to book rooms online
(a) Give two features you would expect to find in each facility.
virtual tour
1
interactive map
1
room booking online

1
2
[6]
(b) Describe one other feature you would expect to see on the hotels website.
[1]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/M/J/12
9
8
A spreadsheet has been set up to record employees hotel expenses for one year.
The data for one employee is shown below.
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Hotel
Grand
Station
Northern
Western
George
Quality
B
Tariff
Sunday to
Thursday
($)
150
200
90
120
180
100
C
Tariff
Friday to
Saturday
($)
90
120
60
80
100
70
D
No of
nights
(Sunday to
Thursday)
3
2
5
4
2
3
E
No of
nights
(Friday to
Saturday)
2
1
0
1
2
1
For
Examiner's
Use
Total
cost ($)
630
520
450
560
560
370
Maximum
allowance
($)
600
800
360
480
720
400
(a) What formula is in F2 to calculate the employees costs at the Grand Hotel?
[2]
(b) The maximum allowance is four times the Sunday to Thursday tariff.
What formula is in G2?
[1]
(c) A manager wants to know whether an employee exceeded their maximum allowance at
each hotel.
Describe how the spreadsheet could be used to do this.
[2]
(d) A macro was written to convert the tariff rate into different currencies. The exchange
rate was taken directly from a website.
What is the advantage of using a macro to do this?
[1]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/M/J/12
[Turn over
10
9
Vehicles passing over a bridge are detected automatically using sensors and a computer.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) What sensors could be used?

[1]
(b) The graph below shows the number of vehicles counted during certain periods of the day.
This graph is produced automatically at the end of each day.
Number of vehicles
Bridge traffic on
1 March 2012
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
12-6
6-9
9-12
12-4
4-12
Time period
A record is created each time a vehicle is detected. These records are processed to
generate the graph and for other purposes.
What data need to be stored in each record?
[2]
(c) State two other methods of automatic data capture. In each case, name an application
which would use this method.
Method 1
Application 1
Method 2
Application 2
[4]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/M/J/12
11
10 Jatinder uses Internet banking.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Give one benefit and one drawback of using Internet banking.
Benefit
Drawback
[2]
She uses a 5-digit PIN.
(b) Every time she logs on, she is asked to give 3 random digits from the PIN. She was
asked to give her 3rd, 1st and 4th digit. This changes every time she logs on.
Give a reason for this.
[1]
(c) A different application needs the whole PIN to be input.

The following code has been written to check the PIN:
c = 0
INPUT PIN
x = PIN
REPEAT
x = x/10
c = c + 1
UNTIL x < 1
IF c < 5
THEN
PRINT error in PIN entered
ELSE
PRINT PIN OK
ENDIF
(i) What value of c and what message would be output if the following PINs were
entered?
5 1 0 2 0 Value of c:
Message:
5120
Value of c:
Message:
[2]
(ii) What type of validation check is being carried out here?

[1]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/M/J/12
[Turn over
12
11 A simulation using a mathematical model is being used to forecast the weather one week in
advance.
(a) (i) State what data are gathered for this model.
(ii) Explain how the data are gathered for this model.
[2]
(b) (i) Describe how the simulation can predict the weather for the next seven days.
(ii) Describe in what format the predicted weather can be shown.
[2]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/M/J/12
For
Examiner's
Use
13
BLANK PAGE
UCLES 2012
0420/13/M/J/12
[Turn over
14
12 (a) (i) Complete the truth table for the following logic circuit, which is made up of NAND
gates:
A
X
B
[2]
(ii) What single logic gate has the same function as the above logic circuit?
[1]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/M/J/12
For
Examiner's
Use
15
A
For
Examiner's
Use
AND
OR
OR
NOT
[4]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/M/J/12
[Turn over
16
13 Andrew is sending a large document to a printer.
(a) State the name for the area of memory used to store temporarily the data being sent to
the printer.
[1]
(b) The printer runs out of paper during the printing job. A signal is sent back to the
computer to temporarily stop its current task.
Name this type of signal.
[1]
(c) When trying to save this document after it was printed, the computer stops responding.
Give two reasons why the computer might stop responding.
1
2
[2]
(d) Andrew ended up losing his electronic document.

How could that have been prevented?
[1]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/M/J/12
For
Examiner's
Use
17
14 A database was set up to show the properties of certain chemical elements. Part of the
Name of
element
Element
Symbol
oxygen
iron
mercury
bromine
osmium
caesium
gallium
argon
silver
O
Fe
Hg
Br
Os
Cs
Ga
Ar
Ag
Atomic
Number
Atomic
Weight
8
26
80
35
76
55
31
18
47
Melting
Boiling
Point (C) Point (C)
16
56
201
80
190
133
70
40
108
- 218
1538
- 38
-7
3033
28
30
- 189
961
- 183
2861
356
59
5012
671
2204
- 186
2162
For
Examiner's
Use
State at
room temp
gas
solid
liquid
liquid
solid
solid
solid
gas
solid

[1]
(b) The following search condition was entered:

(Melting Point (C) < 40) AND (Atomic Weight > 100)
Using Element Symbol only, which records would be output?
[2]
(c) We need to know which elements have an atomic number greater than 50 and are
solid at room temperature.
Write down the search condition to find out these elements.
[2]
(d) The data are to be sorted in descending order of Boiling Point (C).
Write down the new order of records using the Element Symbol only.
[2]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/M/J/12
[Turn over
18
15 A vending machine has the choices shown below.
10
tea
11
with milk
12
with sugar
20
coffee
21
with milk
22
with sugar
30
hot chocolate
31
extra milk
32
extra sugar
40
cold water
41
hot water
42
fizzy water
50
coke
51
orange
52
lemon
60
chicken soup
61
tomato soup
with milk and

sugar
with milk and
23
sugar
with extra milk
33
and extra sugar
13
A customer uses a keypad to make their choice. Each number entered is represented in a
6-bit binary register.
For example, key press 33 (hot chocolate with extra milk and extra sugar) is represented
by:
1
32
16
(a) (i) If a customer chooses coffee with milk and sugar what is the key press?
(ii) How is it represented in the 6-bit register?
32
16
[2]
(b) If the 6-bit register shows
1
what drink has the customer chosen?

[1]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/M/J/12
For
Examiner's
Use
19
(c) A customer using the vending machine gets an error message after keying in their
selection.
For
Examiner's
Use
What could have caused this error message?
[1]
(d) It was decided to split the register so that each digit was represented by its own 3-bit
register:
For example,
4 2 would now be represented as:
(i) What drink has been chosen if the 3-bit registers contain:
1
[1]
(ii) How would the lemon option be shown on both types of register?
32
16
[2]
(iii) What is the advantage of using two 3-bit registers rather than one 6-bit register?
[1]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/M/J/12
[Turn over
20
16 A car park uses sensors and a microprocessor to monitor cars leaving and entering.
The car park is open 24 hours every day. The parking fee is $10 per day.
The following flowchart shows how the IN and OUT barriers are controlled. Some of the
statements are missing.
Using item numbers only, insert the correct item numbers into the flowchart from the item
list.
START
read the IN
sensor
any signal
received from
IN sensor?
No
read the OUT

sensor
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
UCLES 2012
0420/13/M/J/12
For
Examiner's
Use
21
List of statements
Item Number
For
Examiner's
Use
Description
activate motor to raise IN barrier
activate motor to raise OUT barrier
any signal received from OUT sensor?
decrease number of cars in car park by 1
increase number of cars in car park by 1
is car park full?
is the car park fee paid?
OUTPUT car park full
OUTPUT please pay car park fee at pay machine
10
use ADC to convert IN sensor signal to digital
11
use ADC to convert OUT sensor signal to digital
12
use DAC to convert computer signal to analogue signal to operate IN barrier
13
use DAC to convert computer signal to analogue signal to operate OUT barrier
14
wait 30 seconds and then close barrier

[6]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/M/J/12
[Turn over
22
17 Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a program flowchart only, which:
For
Examiner's
Use
inputs the population and land area for 500 countries,

calculates the population density (i.e. population/land area) for every country,
outputs the largest and smallest population density,
outputs the average population for all 500 countries.
[6]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/M/J/12
23
BLANK PAGE
UCLES 2012
0420/13/M/J/12
24
BLANK PAGE
UCLES 2012
0420/13/M/J/12
w
Candidate
Number
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
Centre Number
om
.c
s
er
Candidate Name

0420/1, 0421/1
COMPUTER STUDIES
PAPER 1
OCTOBER/NOVEMBER SESSION 2002

2 hours 30 minutes
Candidates answer on the question paper.
No additional materials are required.
TIME
2 hours 30 minutes
INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES
Write your name, Centre number and candidate number in the spaces at the top of this page.
Write your answers in the spaces provided on the question paper.
INFORMATION FOR CANDIDATES
FOR EXAMINERS USE
SP (SC) S20769/2
CIE 2002
This question paper consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

UNIVERSITY of CAMBRIDGE
Local Examinations Syndicate
[Turn over
2
1
Explain, using examples, the meaning of these computer terms.

(a) data logging ......................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) check digit ........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) serial access ....................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) assembler .........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(e) handshaking .....................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
State three ways that Data Protection Rules protect personal data.
1.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
3.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
0420/1 Nov02
For
Examiners
Use
3
3
(a) State two sensors that could be used in a microprocessor-controlled washing machine.
1.
For
Examiners
Use
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
2.
...................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Describe how the data collected by the sensors would be used by the control program.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(a) State two ways of preventing hackers from committing computer crimes.
1.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
2.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Describe how fingerprinting systems can be used to help catch criminals.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/1 Nov02
[Turn over
4
5
(a) State two tasks done by robots on the production line in a car factory.
1.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
2.
...................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Describe how a robot is able to move around the factory without bumping into anything.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) State two effects on factory workers of robots being used in the manufacturing of cars.
1.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
2.
...................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................[2]
(a) Explain why buffers are needed.

..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Give a reason for increasing the size of a buffer.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Explain the purpose of interrupts in the transmission of data to a printer.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/1 Nov02
For
Examiners
Use
5
7
Images can be captured with a digital camera. Describe three ways that digital images can
be used with graphics software.
1.
For
Examiners
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
3.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
The diagram shows part of a directory structure displayed by a windows-based operating

system.
(a) Name
(i)
a root directory ..........................................................................................................
(ii)
a sub-directory ......................................................................................................[2]
(b) Describe what happens to a floppy disk when it is formatted.

..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/1 Nov02
[Turn over
6
(c) State three tasks, other than formatting, that an operating system will do for a user.
1.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
2.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
3.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................[3]
A hotel has decided to invest in a new computer system.

(a) State three tasks in the design of this new system.
1.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
2.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
3.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................[3]
(b) State two stages in the implementation of the new system.

1.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
2.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................[2]
0420/1 Nov02
For
Examiners
Use
For
Examiners
Use
7
(c) State two items of user documentation that should be provided.
1.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
2.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................[2]
10 A database contains data about items that have been ordered from suppliers.
SUPPLIER
CODE
DELIVERY DATE
PRICE ($)
A012
2146
28/09/02
44.99
C035
3724
30/09/02
249.50
M018
5613
05/10/02
98.15
L047
5613
11/10/02
102.75
P029
7215
17/10/02
127.50
R016
4639
19/10/02
22.89
(a) State a field that only contains numeric data.

......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Describe two validation checks that could be made on the DELIVERY DATE.
1.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
2.
...................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................[2]
(c) The following search condition is input.

(CODE = 5613) AND (PRICE($)<100).
Write down the output using only the SUPPLIER field.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) Write down a search condition that will search for all items with a price more than $50
that will be delivered in October.
......................................................................................................................................[3]
0420/1 Nov02
[Turn over
8
11 A college offers courses which students access on-line. Students logon on to the courses
from their own homes.
(a) In order to enroll on a course a student needs to complete an on-line application form
which includes the students name, address, telephone number, e-mail address and the
course name. Design a screen input form for this enrolment.
[4]
(b) When the on-line students are studying a topic, they answer questions by typing their
answers into a box. For example:
Question:
What is a CD-ROM?
Answer:
Feedback:
0420/1 Nov02
For
Examiners
Use
9
When a student has finished answering the questions, the answers are transmitted to a
tutor. The tutor gives feedback to the student about the answers. Give two benefits to
the student of this type of learning.
1.
For
Examiners
Use
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
2.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................[2]
(c) At the end of the course, students do tests by selecting answers to multiple choice
questions. For example.
How many bytes in a kilobyte?
100
1024
1000000
In previous years, students came to the college and answered the questions on paper.
Now they stay at home and answer on-line. Give two advantages to the college of the
new system.
1.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
2.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................[2]
0420/1 Nov02
[Turn over
For
Examiners
Use
10
12 The pie chart shows details of office expenses for three months.
OFFICE EXPENDITURE (JULY)
STATIONERY
20%
RENT
30%
ELECTRICITY
10%
TELEPHONE
40%
(a) On the spreadsheet below, shade the cells that must be used to create the pie chart.
A
1
JULY
AUGUST
SEPTEMBER
TOTAL ($)
AVERAGE ($)
RENT
72
72
106
250
ELECTRICITY
24
66
90
30
TELEPHONE
96
90
114
300
100
STATIONERY
48
38
64
150
50
TOTAL
240
200
350
790
[2]
(b) Write down a formula that could be put in cell F2 to calculate the average expenditure
on rent from July to September.
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) The zero in cell C3 was entered in error. State the cells in which the values should
change automatically when the correct amount is input.
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/1 Nov02
For
Examiners
Use
11
13 Read this algorithm.
set Total_1 to zero
set Total_2 to zero
set Counter to one
while Counter < eight
Counter = Counter + 1
input Number
if Number > zero then Total_1 = Total_1 + Number
if Number < zero then Total_2 = Total_2 + Number
endwhile
output Total_1
output Total_2
(a) Write down the output if the following set of numbers are input.
4,
1,
-3,
2,
-5,
0,
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Modify the algorithm so that it will accept any number of numbers, the input is
terminated by a rogue value and the output is the Total of all the numbers input except
the rogue value.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[4]
0420/1 Nov02
[Turn over
12
14 A tourist information centre has its own web site.
(a) Explain the purpose of the modem and the Internet Service Provider (ISP) that the
centre uses.
Modem
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Internet Service Provider (ISP).
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Describe two ways that information about visitors to the web site and their requirements
could be collected by the web pages.
1.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
2.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................[2]
15 Describe how an expert system would identify types of plants.

..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................[4]
0420/1 Nov02
For
Examiners
Use
For
Examiners
Use
13
16 (a) State two causes of systems failure.
1.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
2.
...................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................[2]
(b) State two ways the data can be protected against systems failure.
1.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
2.
...................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................[2]
17 A computer is used to control the traffic at a busy road junction.

(a) State an input device that should be used.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) State an output device that could be used.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Describe the processing done by the computer to control the output device.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[1]
0420/1 Nov02
[Turn over
14
18 A company uses the following systems flowchart for on-line order processing and invoicing.
Write the terms from the list below into the correct symbols in the flowchart. One term has
been done for you.
customer orders
invalid orders
invoices
order entry
order file
stock file
update process
validation process
order
entry
[4]
0420/1 Nov02
For
Examiners
Use
15
19 Using pseudo code or otherwise, write an algorithm which will input any three different
numbers and then print them out in ascending order.
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................[4]
0420/1 Nov02
For
Examiners
Use
16
BLANK PAGE
0420/1 Nov02
Name
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
Candidate Number
Centre Number
0420/01, 0421/01
Paper 1
October/November 2003
2 hours 30 minutes

For Examiners Use

provided.

BR/CG S35444/3
CIE 2003
[Turn over
om
.c
COMPUTER STUDIES
s
er

2
1
(a) buffer
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) verification
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) gigabyte
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) batch processing
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(e) file generations
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/0421/01/O/N/03
For
Examiners
Use
3
2
For
Examiners
Use
A computer system is described as having the following features:

512 Mbyte RAM
internal modem
A4 colour scanner
(a) State the purpose of each of these.
RAM ..................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
modem ..............................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
scanner .............................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) State two other types of hardware which would be required for electronic conferencing.
1 ......................................................................................................................................
2 ..................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/0421/01/O/N/03
[Turn over
4
3
Hackers can gain illegal access to computer systems.

(a) State two effects of computer hacking, other than changing, deleting or copying data.
1 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) State two ways in which users can protect their computers against hacking.
1 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
A small company has decided to link several stand-alone computers together to form a Local
Area Network (LAN).
(a) State two advantages of LANs.
1 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) State two disadvantages of LANs.

1 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/0421/01/O/N/03
For
Examiners
Use
5
5
Customers of a bank are issued with plastic credit cards which have a magnetic stripe on the
back.
For
Examiners
Use
(a) Give two items of information stored on the magnetic stripe.

1 ......................................................................................................................................
2 ..................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) To help prevent forgeries, the credit card has security features. State two of these
features.
1 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Credit cards can be used to obtain cash from an Automatic Teller Machine (ATM).
Explain why a PIN is needed to obtain cash from this machine.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
A large company decides to convert all its offices from a paper-based system to an
electronic-based system. Unions are concerned about the possibility of electronic scabbing.
(a) Explain electronic scabbing.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Give three problems, other than electronic scabbing, which may arise when changing
over to the electronic office.
1 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
3 ......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
0420/01/0421/01/O/N/03
[Turn over
6
7
A systems analyst has recommended that Mr Page computerises his book sales business.
Give three items of documentation which the systems analyst would need to provide when
the system is implemented.
1 ..............................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
2 ..............................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
3 ..............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................[3]
A company has decided to produce some educational software.

(a) Give two reasons why the company has decided to produce the software on CD-ROM
rather than on floppy disk.
1 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) The company is thinking of sending out advertising literature about its new software.
State two advantages and two disadvantages to the company of using e-mail rather
than normal post.
Advantages
1 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Disadvantages
1 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[4]
0420/01/0421/01/O/N/03
For
Examiners
Use
7
9
A mail order company selling hi-fi equipment keeps details of its stock on a database. Part of
the database is shown below.
For
Examiners
Use
Code_Num Colour Speakers Power(W) Num_of_CDs Price ($)

13416
Black
50
650
13425
Silver
60
500
13504
Silver
80
750
14001
Black
100
1100
14005
Black
100
10
1200
14010
Silver
40
350
(a) Which field should be used as the key field?

......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Which Code_Num data will be listed if the following search condition is input?
(Speakers=4) AND (Num_of_CDs>4)
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Write down a search condition to find all the equipment which is silver coloured or has a
power rating over 70W.
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
(d) Write down the order of the Code_Num after the Price($) field has been sorted in
ascending order.
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/0421/01/O/N/03
[Turn over
8
10 A salesman travels around the country by car or by rail. He keeps a record of his costs and
distance travelled for both forms of transport using a spreadsheet. The first six months are
shown below.
A
1 Month
Car
costs ($)
Car
Distance
(km)
Car cost
per km
Rail
costs ($)
Rail
Distance
(km)
Rail cost
per km
Jan
305
1600
=B2/C2
475
3100
Feb
295
2100
=B3/C3
315
2000
Mar
204
2050
=B4/C4
290
1550
Apr
655
2210
=B5/C5
280
1450
May
118
1450
=B6/C6
420
2500
Jun
355
2480
=B7/C7
310
1950
8 Totals
(a) Give the cell reference for a cell which contains;
(b)
(i)
a label ........................................................................................................................
(ii)
a formula....................................................................................................................
(iii)
a data item .............................................................................................................[3]
(i)
What formula needs to be placed in G2 to allow the Rail cost per km to be

calculated.
...............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii) Explain how you would insert the formulae in cells G3 to G7 without typing each
one in separately.
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/0421/01/O/N/03
For
Examiners
Use
9
(c) State a formula which needs to be inserted in B8 to calculate the total car costs for the
first 6 months.
For
Examiners
Use
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(d)
Explain how the costs of both forms of transport could be predicted for the whole year.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
11 The following algorithm inputs air speeds (which must be in multiples of 100) and outputs a
suitable message.
1
2
3
4
5
8
7
8
9
10
11
input a speed
whole = speed/100
case whole of
0,1,2 : result = slow
3, 4, 5, 6 : result = normal
7, 8, 9 : result = high
otherwise whole = -1
endcase
if whole = -1 then
output abnormal reading
else output result, speed
(a) Dry run the above algorithm for the following Input data and complete the Output
column in the table:
Input
Output
150
400
800
[3]
(b) State what would happen if line 2 had been missed out of the algorithm.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/0421/01/O/N/03
[Turn over
10
12 Two 7 segment displays are used on a car dashboard to give information to the driver. Each
segment is numbered as shown.
1
6
7
5
4
(1)
(2)
For example, the information 1P shown above is represented by:
(1)
and by:
(2)
Bit 0 is always zero
(a) What is being displayed to the driver if bytes (1) and (2) are showing?
(1)
...............................................
(2)
...............................................
[2]
(b) What bit patterns must be used to show the information 0L?
(0)
(L)
[2]
0420/01/0421/01/O/N/03
For
Examiners
Use
11
For
Examiners
Use
(c) Most of the other information on the dashboard is in analogue form.

(i)
State one advantage of displaying information in analogue form.

...................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................[1]
(ii)
State one disadvantage of displaying information in analogue form.

...................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................[1]
13 (a) An expert system is to be created for use in mineral prospecting. List the steps that
need to be taken to do this.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[4]
(b) State two features you would expect to find in the user interface of this expert system.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/0421/01/O/N/03
[Turn over
12
14 A chemical reaction is being controlled by a computer system.
(a) State three items of specialist hardware which are needed.
1 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
3 ......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Describe the role of feedback in this control system.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) State two advantages of controlling the reaction using a computer.
1 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/0421/01/O/N/03
For
Examiners
Use
13
15 The following systems flowchart shows the update of a payroll system and the production of
payslips. Using the following statements, label the diagram below.
calculate pay
error report
printed payslips
payroll transaction file
sort
For
Examiners
Use
sorted transaction file

update
updated master file
validation
Validated
payroll
transaction
file
payroll
master file
[6]
0420/01/0421/01/O/N/03
[Turn over
14
16 (a) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or otherwise, which;
inputs 50 numbers
checks whether each number is in the range 1000 to 9999
outputs how many of the input numbers were out of range
outputs the percentage of input numbers which were out of range.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[6]
0420/01/0421/01/O/N/03
For
Examiners
Use
15
(b) Describe, using examples, two validation checks other than range check which could
be carried out on the input numbers.
validation check 1..............................................................................................................
example.............................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
validation check 2..............................................................................................................
example.............................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[4]
0420/01/0421/01/O/N/03
For
Examiners
Use
16
BLANK PAGE
0420/01/0421/01/O/N/03
Name
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
Candidate Number
Centre Number
0420/01
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes

For Examiners Use

provided.

SP (SLM/GR) S51405/4
UCLES 2004
[Turn over
om
.c
COMPUTER STUDIES
s
er

2
1
Using examples where appropriate, explain the following computer terms:

(a) MICR ................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) batch processing ..............................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) modem .............................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) virus ..................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(e) interrupt ............................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
Give three advantages to a company of using barcodes on stock items.

1 ...............................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
2 ...............................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
3 ...............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................[3]
0420/01/O/N/04
For
Examiners
Use
3
3
(a) The following five stages in Systems Analysis have been missed out of the diagram
below.
ANALYSIS
DESIGN
FEASIBILITY STUDY
For
Examiners
Use
EVALUATION
IMPLEMENTATION
Complete the diagram by placing these five stages in their correct position.
INVESTIGATION
DOCUMENTATION
[3]
(b) Describe two tasks carried out during the design stage.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/O/N/04
[Turn over
4
4
Speed cameras are used on many roads to take photographs of cars which have exceeded
the speed limit. Some of these cameras use microprocessor controlled chips to store
information rather than photographic film.
(a) State two advantages of storing car details on chips rather than on film.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) State two tasks which would be carried out by the microprocessor as a speeding car
approaches a camera.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) State two tasks which would be carried out by the microprocessor as the photograph is
being taken.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
A school has some pupils who are either blind or partially sighted. Describe three ways in
which computers could be used to help these pupils to learn.
1 ...............................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
2 ...............................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
3 ...............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................[3]
0420/01/O/N/04
For
Examiners
Use
For
Examiners
Use
5
6
(a) Give two reasons why a buffer is used in a printer.

1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Give one advantage of increasing the size of a buffer in a printer.
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[1]
A shop uses a spreadsheet to keep a record of daily sales in its electrical department. A
section of the spreadsheet is shown below. The number in stock is updated at the start of
each day.
A
Item
No. in stock
No. sold
Price ($)
camera
32
150.00
15
iron
80
14
82.50
20
kettle
151
10
49.25
30
fan
144
15
37.15
30
Stock value ($) Re-order level
(a) The Stock value ($) of each item sold is given by

(No. in stock No. sold) x Price ($)
Write down a formula that could be inserted in cell E2 to calculate the Stock value ($)
of cameras.
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Describe how the formula in E2 could be copied into cells E3 to E5.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/O/N/04
[Turn over
6
(c) Describe how the spreadsheet could be used to predict the number of days before irons
reach their Re-order level.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(a) Give two examples of computer crime.

1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Give three methods used to prevent computer crime.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
3 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
Give three tasks done by an operating system.

1 ...............................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
2 ...............................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
3 ...............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................[3]
0420/01/O/N/04
For
Examiners
Use
For
Examiners
Use
7
10 Shopping from home using the Internet is now possible.
(a) Give two advantages to the customer of buying items on the Internet.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Give two advantages to the shop manager of selling items on the Internet.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Internet shopping may not be as successful as predicted. Give three reasons for this.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
3 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
11 Write down three advantages of using magnetic disks for storing data rather than using
magnetic tapes.
1 ...............................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
2 ...............................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
3 ...............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................[3]
0420/01/O/N/04
[Turn over
For
Examiners
Use
8
12 Study the following flow diagram.
START
INPUT a,b,c
Yes
is a>b
Yes
OUTPUT a
is a>c
No
No
No
OUTPUT c
is b>c
Yes
OUTPUT b
STOP
Write down the output for each of the following inputs:

INPUT
a
OUTPUT
[3]
0420/01/O/N/04
For
Examiners
Use
9
13 A program has been written to process student marks in a set of tests.
(a) Describe two validation checks that could be made on a student name.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Describe two validation checks that could be made on a mark.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
14 A company has offices in several countries and uses electronic (video) conferencing and
e-mail to communicate.
(a) Give two benefits of using electronic (video) conferencing.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Give two benefits of using e-mail.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Give two reasons why e-mail has led to a large increase in the amount of paper being
used.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/O/N/04
[Turn over
10
15 (a) Describe the steps needed to produce an expert system.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Give two advantages of using an expert system.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Give an example of an expert system.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
0420/01/O/N/04
For
Examiners
Use
11
16 A company uses computer aided design (CAD) software to design electronic components.
For
Examiners
Use
(a) Describe two features of the CAD software which are used to design electronic
components.
1 .......................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 .......................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Graph plotter, graphics tablet, light pen and trackerball are all examples of input or
output devices used with CAD software. Describe how each of these devices would be
used.
Graph plotter ....................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Graphics tablet .................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Light pen ..........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Trackerball ........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[4]
0420/01/O/N/04
[Turn over
12
17 A database stores details about cars in a showroom. The format of the first three fields is
shown below.
Field name
Field description
Data type
Field length
MAKE
name of manufacturer
text
30
NUMPLATE
car registration no.
alphanumeric
REG
date car registered
date
(a) State two more fields, one numeric and one text, and for each give the field description
and the field length.
Field name (numeric) .......................................................................................................
Field description ...............................................................................................................
Field length ...................................................................................................................[2]
Field name (text) ..............................................................................................................
Field description ...............................................................................................................
Field length ...................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Give a situation, in each case, where data about these cars would need to be amended,
deleted and inserted.
amended: .........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
deleted: ............................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
inserted: ...........................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
0420/01/O/N/04
For
Examiners
Use
13
18 The diagram below shows a nuclear reactor cooled by pumping a gas around the core. The
reactor is monitored and controlled by a computer.
For
Examiners
Use
Hot gas out

under pressure
CORE
Cold gas in
under pressure
(a) State two sensors used to monitor the core.

1 .......................................................................................................................................
2 ...................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) State the device that is needed to enable the data from the sensor to be processed by
the computer.
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Explain how feedback is used to control the reactor.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
(d) Give two advantages of using a computer system rather than a manual system to
monitor and control the reactor.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
0420/01/O/N/04
[Turn over
For
Examiners
Use
14
19 The following diagram shows a rail network.
1
3
4
5
River Estuary
10
The rail network consists of 10 stations. The fare between each station is $2. There is a 10%
discount when 3 or more passengers travel together. Tickets can be purchased at any
station using automated terminals.
Using pseudocode, or otherwise, write an algorithm for the automated terminals to:
input the starting station number, the destination station number and the number of
passengers
calculate the total fare and output the amount to be paid
calculate the change (if any)
issue the rail ticket(s) and change
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
0420/01/O/N/04
15
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................[6]
0420/01/O/N/04
For
Examiners
Use
16
BLANK PAGE
0420/01/O/N/04
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
Paper 1
0420/01
2 hours 30 minutes

For Examiners Use

provided.

SP (CW/SLM) T02625/3
UCLES 2005
[Turn over
om
.c
COMPUTER STUDIES
s
er

2
1
Explain, using examples where appropriate, the following five computer terms:
(a) expert system....................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) electronic scabbing ...........................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) top down design ................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) interrupt .............................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(e) buffer .................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
Give three advantages of buying a software package rather than writing a program.
1 ...............................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
2 ...............................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
3 ...............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................[3]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/O/N/05
For
Examiners
Use
3
3
(a) Draw and label a diagram which shows a star network.
For
Examiners
Use
[3]
(b) State one device that will be needed to connect the star network to a wide area network
(WAN).
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(a) Describe two possible causes of computer system failure. In each case, describe how it
could have been prevented.
Cause 1.............................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Prevention .........................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Cause 2.............................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
Prevention .........................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[4]
(b) Describe two ways of recovering from computer systems failure.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/O/N/05
[Turn over
4
5
(a) What is meant by batch processing?

..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) How does a real time transaction system differ from batch processing?
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) A supermarket uses a computer system which operates in both batch mode and real
time transaction mode.
(i)
State one task which could use batch processing.

...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
(ii)
State one task which must be done in real time mode.

...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
[2]
Booking seats on an aeroplane can be done by the Internet.

(a) Give two advantages of using the Internet rather than making a telephone call for this
task.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) What type of file access would be needed to make a booking? Give a reason for your
choice.
Type of access ..................................................................................................................
Reason for choice .............................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/O/N/05
For
Examiners
Use
5
(c) The following screen appears on the Internet booking system once the input has
finished:
Name:
I V Khan
Address:
No. of passengers:
PO Box 9081
Departure Airport:
Destination Airport:
DAR
PAP
Date of flight out:

Date of return flight:
15/12/05
30/12/05
Flight Numbers:
OUT:
RETURN:
Credit Card No:
0123 4567 8901 2343
GA 148A
GA 148B
Give a different validation check for each of the following items:

(i)
No. of passengers......................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
(ii)
Date of flight out.........................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................
(iii)
Credit Card No...........................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................[3]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/O/N/05
[Turn over
For
Examiners
Use
6
7
A company keeps details of all its employees on a file. The record format for each employee is:
Field:
Name
Sex
Department
Location
Years in company
Size:
15 characters
1 character
1 character
10 characters
2 digits
The following codes are used:

Sex:
F = female
M = male
Department:
A = administration
F = finance
M = management
S = sales
One typical record is:
D E M E T R A K I S
M F C Y P R U S
0 5
(a) In which Department does P Demetrakis work?

......................................................................................................................................[1]
(b) Complete the record for Miss K Schroder, who is in the sales department in Austria. She
has worked in the company for 8 years.
[3]
(c) Give two advantages of using codes when storing data.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(d) (i)
Why is it not a good idea to use the field Years in company to store information
about how long an employee has worked for the company?
...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
(ii)
What would be a more suitable field?

...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
[2]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/O/N/05
For
Examiners
Use
7
8
A company uses computer aided design (CAD) to help design buildings.
For
Examiners
Use
(a) Give three features of CAD which would be useful for this task.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
3 ........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Give an example of a suitable output device used when
(i)
looking at and developing the design.

...................................................................................................................................
(ii)
producing a very large drawing on paper.

...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
[2]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/O/N/05
[Turn over
8
9
The following flowchart shows what happens when a customer withdraws cash from an
Automatic Teller Machine (ATM) using a credit card protected by a Personal Identification
Number (PIN). Complete the flowchart by selecting the appropriate statement from the given
list and inserting the number in its correct box (2 statements are already inserted for you).
Read number
on credit card
2.
card stolen?
Start
Yes
End
No
LIST OF STATEMENTS
No
No
9.
is this the
third attempt?
Yes
Yes
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
card ejected from ATM

card stolen?
card retained
sufficient funds?
input PIN
money and card returned
is PIN correct?
select amount of money
is this the third attempt?
Update customer files
End
No
Yes
End
[6]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/O/N/05
For
Examiners
Use
9
10 Many household appliances contain microprocessors and give outputs in the form of either
digital displays or analogue displays.
(a) Explain the difference between a digital display and an analogue display.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Give one advantage of using digital displays.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(c) Give one advantage of using analogue displays.
......................................................................................................................................[1]
(d) (i)
Apart from computer systems, state one household appliance that contains a
microprocessor.
...................................................................................................................................
(ii)
Describe one of the tasks of the microprocessor in your named appliance.

...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
[2]
11 A school uses computers to teach disabled students. Describe one special input device and
one special output device which could be used to help these students to learn. Give a
reason for your choice of each device.
Input device ..............................................................................................................................
Reason for choice.....................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
Output device ...........................................................................................................................
Reason for choice.....................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................[4]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/O/N/05
[Turn over
For
Examiners
Use
10
12 A company has decided to computerise its manual sales system.
(a) Describe two tasks to be done at the analysis stage.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Describe two tasks to be done at the design stage.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Describe two tasks to be done at the implementation stage.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/O/N/05
For
Examiners
Use
11
13 A company has purchased some new equipment. The value of each type of equipment is
stored in a spreadsheet.
A
Equipment in stock
Value
in 2005
($)
Value
in 2007
($)
Value
in 2009
($)
Value
in 2011
($)
Value
in 2013
($)
Computers
80000
40000
20000
Office furniture
24400
Cupboards
18400
Video projectors
36800
Telephones
6400
7
8
TOTALS:
(a) Every two years the value of each type of equipment is halved. What formulae are in
cells C2 and D2?
C2 .....................................................................................................................................
D2 .................................................................................................................................[2]
(b) Explain how you would use the spreadsheet to predict the values for years 2008 and
2010.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) What formula needs to be placed in B8 to find the total equipment value for 2005?
......................................................................................................................................[1]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/O/N/05
[Turn over
For
Examiners
Use
12
14 Computer technology has now allowed employees to work from home.
(a) Give three advantages to employers of allowing employees to work from home.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
3 ........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Give two advantages to the employees of working from home.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
(c) Describe two advances in computer technology which have allowed working from home
to become possible.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/O/N/05
For
Examiners
Use
13
15 The following diagram shows a computer controlled chemical process:
For
Examiners
Use
chemicals
actuator
pump
reactor
(a) The following four computer terms have been missed out of the above diagram:
Analogue-to-digital converter (ADC)
Computer
Digital-to-analogue converter (DAC)
Temperature Sensor
Choose, from the above list, the correct term which should be placed in each of the
numbered boxes:
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
3 ........................................................................................................................................
4 ....................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Explain the role of feedback in the above system.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/O/N/05
[Turn over
14
(c) Give two advantages of controlling the chemical processing system using a computer.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
16 (a) A teacher decides to use multimedia software to develop a presentation for a lesson.
Describe three features of the multimedia software which could be used.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
3 ........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[3]
(b) Explain how this teacher could send the presentation electronically to a school in
another country.
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................
......................................................................................................................................[2]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/O/N/05
For
Examiners
Use
15
17 A school uses a computer to store student marks obtained in an end of term mathematics
exam. There are 150 students doing the exam and the maximum mark is 100.
Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or otherwise, which
inputs the marks for all students

checks if each mark is in the correct range and, if not, the mark is re-input
outputs the smallest mark
outputs the highest mark
outputs the average mark for the exam.
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................[6]
UCLES 2005
0420/01/O/N/05
For
Examiners
Use
16
BLANK PAGE
Every reasonable effort has been made to trace all copyright holders where the publishers (i.e. UCLES) are aware that third-party material has been reproduced.
The publishers would be pleased to hear from anyone whose rights they have unwittingly infringed.
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of
the University of Cambridge.
0420/01/O/N/05
0420/01
Paper 1
2 hour 30 minutes
No Additional Materials required.
Candidate
Name
Centre
Number
Candidate
Number

You may use a pencil for any diagrams, graphs or rough working.
For Examiner's Use
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question
or part question.

IB06 11_0420_01/3RP
UCLES 2006
[Turn over
om
.c
*042001*
s
er
COMPUTER STUDIES
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
2
1
Explain, using examples where appropriate, the following computer terms:
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) verification
[2]
(b) video-conferencing
[2]
(c) handshaking
[2]
(d) simulation
[2]
(e) batch processing
[2]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/O/N/06
3
2
Name two devices used for direct data capture. Give one application for each device
named.
Device 1
Application 1
Device 2
Application 2
[4]
(a) Give two examples of computer crime.

1
2
[2]
(b) Describe two methods used to prevent computer crime.

1
2
[2]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/O/N/06
[Turn over
For
Examiner's
Use
4
4
State three effects on society due to the increase of businesses using e-commerce.
For
Examiner's
Use
3
[3]
State two examples of the use of computer software when making films for television and
cinema.
1
[2]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/O/N/06
5
6
When developing a new computer system, state four tasks performed in the design stage.
1
[4]
(a) Describe how a scientist might use an expert system to help identify mineral deposits.
[3]
(b) Give another example of an area where an expert system could be used.
[1]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/O/N/06
[Turn over
For
Examiner's
Use
6
8
An international company has changed from a manual filing system to a computer-based

system.
(a) When compared with the manual filing system, state two benefits to the company of
using the computer-based system.
1
2
[2]
(b) State two effects on the staff due to the introduction of a computer-based system.
1
2
[2]
(c) (i) Give one reason why the company used parallel running as the method of
changing from the manual system to the computer-based system.
[1]
(ii) Give one example of an application for which parallel running would not be a suitable
method of changeover.
[1]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/O/N/06
For
Examiner's
Use
7
9
A computer program is required which inputs 10 numbers, multiplies them together and
finally outputs the answer (the product). The following algorithm has been written to do this.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
count = 0
product = 0
while count <= 10 do
input number
product = product * number
count = count + 1
print product
endwhile
(a) There are three errors in the algorithm. Locate and describe these errors.
1
[3]
(b) A while do loop has been used in the algorithm. State another type of loop that
could have been used.
[1]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/O/N/06
[Turn over
For
Examiner's
Use
8
10 A robot arm is to be used to move some objects which are positioned on the grid shown.
Object X is located at A7 and is to be moved to F7. Object Y is located at C6 and is to be
moved to G5.
The START position for the robot arm is shown. The robot arm can travel left and right along
the top of the grid, and the robot arm can extend (lengthen) and retract (shorten) so that the
gripper at the end of the arm can reach any grid square.
The robot arm can only travel left

and right along the top of the grid
1
start
2
The robot
arm can
extend
or retract
3
4
5
6
7
Y
X
X
A
The following commands must be used:
UCLES 2006
Right n
Left n
Instructions for Robot Arm

Moves n squares to the right
Moves n squares to the left
Down n
Up n
Close
Open
Instructions for Robot Arm

Moves n squares down (extend)
Moves n squares up (retract)
Closes the gripper
Opens the gripper
0420/01/O/N/06
9
For example, to move block X from square A7 to F7 (beginning at START) would require
the following instructions:
Left 8
Down 6
Close
Up 6
Right 5
Down 6
Open
Write a set of instructions to transfer block Y from C6 to G5 (beginning at START).
[3]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/O/N/06
[Turn over
For
Examiner's
Use
10
11 A school keeps a spreadsheet of examination results in four subjects. Part of the
spreadsheet is shown below.
A
Name
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Allen
Dyos
Kegg
Khan
Kolacz
Lenski
Peruza
B
Class
C
Maths
D
Science
E
IT
F
English
11A
11B
11A
11C
11A
11B
11C
33
41
82
44
73
17
87
24
54
69
21
51
41
72
19
70
57
50
73
40
64
44
31
52
85
51
34
61
G
Average
Mark
30
49
65
50
62
33
71
H
Pass/
Fail
(a) Which column has been used to sort the data?

[1]
(b) What formula has been entered in cell G2 to calculate Allens average mark?
[1]
(c) The IT results need to be sorted so that the highest mark is at the top. Describe how
this sort could be done.
[2]
(d) The formula IF(G5 > 45, PASS, FAIL) is entered in cell H5. What output appears?
[1]
(e) State the validation check that should be carried out on data entered in cells C2 to F8 to
ensure values over 100 are not input.
[1]
(f) The school has kept the spreadsheets of all the examination results for the last five
years. What feature of the spreadsheet software would allow the results to be easily
compared?
[1]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/O/N/06
For
Examiner's
Use
11
12 An airport has multimedia kiosks linked to a central computer.
(a) State two input devices, other than a keyboard, which might be used at the multimedia
kiosks.
1
2
[2]
(b) Give two items of information that might be accessed from multimedia kiosks.
1
2
[2]
(c) State one advantage and one disadvantage for the airport of providing multimedia
kiosks.
Advantage
Disadvantage
[2]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/O/N/06
[Turn over
For
Examiner's
Use
12
13 Virtual reality is used in the designing of chemical plants.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) What is meant by virtual reality?
[2]
(b) Give two examples of the special hardware needed to interact with a virtual reality
system.
1
2
[2]
(c) Give two advantages of using virtual reality.

1
[2]
(d) Give another example of an application which uses virtual reality.
[1]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/O/N/06
13
14 Give three benefits of using top-down design to write computer programs.
For
Examiner's
Use
3
[3]
15 In a school, students can use laptop computers which link to the schools wireless network.
(a) State two advantages to students of using this system rather than desktop computers
located in specialist computer laboratories.
1
[2]
(b) Give two disadvantages of using laptop computers rather than using desktop
computers.
1
[2]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/O/N/06
[Turn over
14
16 A company provides on-line training courses.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Give one use for each of the following to help the company run these courses:
(i)
spreadsheet package
(ii)
database package
(iii) desk top publishing package
(iv) authoring package
[4]
(b) A leaflet designed using word processing software to advertise a course is currently too
big to fit on a single printed page. What features of the word processing software could
be used to alter the design so that it does fit on one page?
1
[2]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/O/N/06
15
17 The following flowchart shows how the bar code written on an item is used to find the price,
do stock control and produce an itemised bill. Select statements from the list below to
complete the flowchart.
START
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
read next
bar code
No
List of Statements
Any more bar codes to read?
Has bar code been found in the file?
Look up the price of item in the file
Output error report
Output itemised bill
Reject item
Update stock file
output an
error message
manually key
in bar code
number
Yes
Yes
has bar
code been
found?
No
Yes
No
END
[5]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/O/N/06
[Turn over
For
Examiner's
Use
16
18 A car dealer uses a database to keep details of cars in stock. Part of the stock file is shown
below.
RegNo
Make
Model
Colour
Doors
Engine(cc)
Price($)
AT 15 APC
Renault
Laguna
Black
1600
5800
NX 21 TPQ
Opel
Corsa
Green
1400
2000
WS 46 ART
VW
Golf
Blue
1600
3400
RP 09 NTR
VW
Golf
Red
2000
6350
VV 81 KKT
Proton
Wira
White
1300
2200
NK 55 ARM
VW
Golf
White
1800
4100
(a) (i) State the fieldname that should be used as the key field.
(ii) Explain the purpose of a key field.
[2]
(b) The following search condition is input:

(Price($) < 5000) AND (Model = Golf)
Write down the records that match the above search condition using only RegNo.
[2]
(c) Write down a search condition to find cars with an Engine greater than 1400cc or which
have less than 5 Doors.
[2]
(d) When a car is sold, the sale needs to be linked to a customer file. Suggest a new field
which could be used to link the stock file to the customer file.
[1]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/O/N/06
For
Examiner's
Use
17
19 A computer is used to control the traffic lights at each end of a narrow bridge.
For
Examiner's
Use
bridge
(a) State one type of sensor that could be used to detect a vehicle approaching the bridge.
[1]
(b) Give one reason why an analogue to digital converter (ADC) may be needed.
[1]
(c) Describe how the data received from the sensors is used to control the timing of the
traffic lights.
[3]
(d) If the computer controlling the traffic light system detects an error in the system, or fails
completely, what should the lights on the bridge do?
[1]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/O/N/06
[Turn over
18
20 Temperatures (C) are being collected in an experiment every hour over a 200 hour period.
Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or otherwise, which inputs each temperature and
outputs
how many of the temperatures were above 20 C
how many of the temperatures were below 10 C
the lowest temperature that was input
[5]
UCLES 2006
0420/01/O/N/06
For
Examiner's
Use
19
BLANK PAGE
0420/01/O/N/06
20
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where
possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance
have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is
itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
0420/01/O/N/06
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
om
.c
s
er

*1813431273*
0420/01
COMPUTER STUDIES
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes
For Examiner's Use

IB07 11_0420_01/5RP
UCLES 2007
[Turn over
2
1
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) byte
[2]
(b) CD-ROM
[2]
(c) interrupt
[2]
(d) buffer
[2]
(e) virtual reality
[2]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/O/N/07
3
2
Give two differences between high level languages and low level languages.
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
(a) Give three of the elements that make up an Expert System.

1
3
[3]
(b) Give an example of the use of an Expert System.
[1]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/O/N/07
[Turn over
4
4
Online banking using the Internet is now increasing.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Give one advantage to the customer of using online banking.
[1]
(b) Give one advantage to the bank of providing online banking.
[1]
(c) Online banking has an impact on society as a whole.

(i) Give one positive effect.
(ii) Give one negative effect.
[2]
(d) Describe two concerns people might have regarding online banking.
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/O/N/07
5
5
(a) (i) Name one method used to protect data against unauthorised access.
[1]
For
Examiner's
Use
(ii) Name one method used to protect data in a file from being understood when an
unauthorised person has gained access to the file.
[1]
(b) State three items that could be included as part of a Data Protection Act.
1
3
[3]
Thular is doing his IGCSE coursework on the schools local network. He would like to
continue this work on his computer at home.
Name and describe two methods that he could use to do this.
Method 1
Description
Method 2
Description
[4]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/O/N/07
[Turn over
6
7
A company has decided to publish its Science books on the Internet rather than produce a
series of paper-based books.
Give three reasons why a company might choose to do this.
1
[3]
Give three tasks carried out by systems software.

1
[3]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/O/N/07
For
Examiner's
Use
7
9
A multi-national company has decided to use video-conferencing facilities rather than the
traditional approach of everyone meeting at one location.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) What is meant by video-conferencing?
[2]
(b) Give three advantages of using video-conferencing.

1
3
[3]
(c) Using emails is another method of communication. What advantage has this method
compared with video-conferencing?
[1]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/O/N/07
[Turn over
8
10 A systems analyst has been asked to replace an existing manual filing system with one
which is computer-based.
(a) The paper-based files need to be converted into an electronic format.
Describe two ways this could be done.
1
[2]
(b) When the system is implemented, the systems analyst will provide documentation. One
type of documentation shows how the new system will work.
(i) Name this type of documentation.
[1]
(ii) Give two items contained in this documentation.
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/O/N/07
For
Examiner's
Use
9
(c) Another type of documentation is to allow future programmers to update or maintain
the system.
For
Examiner's
Use
(i) Name this type of documentation.
[1]
(ii) Give two items contained in this documentation.
1
[2]
(d) Name two methods of implementing the system.

For each method, give a reason for using it.
Method 1
Reason 1
Method 2
Reason 2
[4]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/O/N/07
[Turn over
10
11 Majid lives in Cairo but often travels to Tokyo, Mumbai and Washington. A flow chart has
been written so he can work out the local time in these three places.
START
Input time in hours

(H) and minutes (M)
Input place
Is place=Tokyo
Yes
H=H+7
M=M+0
Yes
H=H+3
M = M + 30
Yes
H=H7
M=M+0
No
Is place=Mumbai
No
Is place=Washington
No
Output H, M
Is place=End
No
Yes
STOP
UCLES 2007
0420/01/O/N/07
For
Examiner's
Use
11
(a) What output would be produced from the following input?
For
Examiner's
Use
Input
Output
place
hours (H)
minutes (M)
Tokyo
11
15
Mumbai
15
10
[2]
(b) What problem would occur if place = Mumbai and H = 15 and M = 30?
[1]
(c) What problem would occur if place = Washington and H = 4 and M = 0?
[1]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/O/N/07
[Turn over
12
12 A company checks its electrical equipment every three years. To help make sure that every
item is checked at the correct time, the company has decided to put barcodes on the
equipment. The barcode contains:
type of equipment (e.g. monitor)

location (e.g. Room 507)
Every time equipment is checked, the barcode is scanned and the data stored on a file.
(a) Give one other piece of information that should be on the barcodes.
[1]
(b) Give one example of other information that should be stored on the file itself.
[1]
(c) Give two advantages of this system rather than using sticky labels on the equipment
marked, for example, Do not use after May 2007.
1
2
[2]
(d) Describe another application where barcodes could be used.
[1]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/O/N/07
For
Examiner's
Use
13
13 A robot is used in a car factory to spray car bodies.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) How does the robot know which parts of the car body are to be sprayed?
[1]
(b) How would the robot know that the car was in the correct position to be sprayed?
[1]
(c) The robot needs to be able to detect a range of possible problems (such as the car not
being in the correct position). Name another possible problem and explain how it could
be overcome.
Problem
Solution
[2]
(d) Give another application of robotics.
[1]
(e) Give one advantage of using robots instead of manual labour.
[1]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/O/N/07
[Turn over
14
14 The following spreadsheet shows how the value of certain items of computer equipment
changes over time. Cells B8 and C2:E8 contain formulae.
Equipment
Value ($)
Year 1
Value ($)
Year 2
Value ($)
Year 3
Value ($)
Year 4
2 PC System
1600
800
400
200
3 Laptop Computer
2000
1000
500
250
4 Laptop Case
80
40
20
10
5 PC Cover
16
6 Printer
320
160
80
40
7 Scanner
120
60
30
15
4136
2068
1034
517
8 Total value ($)
(a) State a cell that contains a data item.

[1]
(b) Give a formula which could be in cell B8 to calculate the total value of the equipment in
Year 1.
[1]
(c) Each year the value of the equipment is halved. State a formula that could be in cell C2
to calculate value of a PC System in Year 2.
[1]
(d) State all the cells where the values change automatically if the value in cell B4 is
changed to 60.
[2]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/O/N/07
For
Examiner's
Use
15
(e) The following chart has been produced from the spreadsheet.
For
Examiner's
Use
4500
4000
3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
Value ($)
Year 1
Value ($)
Year 2
Value ($)
Year 3
Value ($)
Year 4
Which cells must have been selected to create and label the chart shown?
[2]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/O/N/07
[Turn over
16
15 A school Science department is going to use a database to record details about its
equipment.
(a) Give two advantages of using a computer system rather than a manual filing system.
1
2
[2]
(b) Part of the database is shown below:
Equipment
Code No
Quantity Need to
Stock
Supplier Name Price ($)
in Stock re-order?
Value ($)
Beaker
01043
25
Labquip
1.04
26.00
Test tube
01051
200
Labquip
0.40
80.00
Clamp stand
01065
51
Anglera
3.25
165.75
Tongs
01151
23
Anglera
0.55
12.65
Spatula
01222
62
Anglera
0.66
40.92
Flask
01341
15
Labquip
1.70
27.50
(i) As data is entered it needs to be verified. Describe one way this could be done.
[1]
(ii) Data also needs to be validated. Using fields from the database as examples,
describe two different validation checks which could be performed on the data.
Name of field
Validation check
Name of field
Validation check
[2]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/O/N/07
For
Examiner's
Use
17
16 (a) Fuel economy for a car is found using the formula:
Fuel Economy =
For
Examiner's
Use
Distance Travelled (km)

Fuel Used (litres)
What would be the Fuel Economy of a car travelling 40 km on 10 litres of fuel?
[1]
(b) The Fuel Economy for 1000 cars is to be calculated using the formula in
Question 16(a).
Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or otherwise, which inputs the Distance
Travelled (km) and the Fuel Used (litres) for 1000 cars. The Fuel Economy for each car
is then calculated and the following outputs produced:
Fuel Economy for each car

average (mean) Fuel Economy for all of the cars input
the best Fuel Economy (i.e. highest value)
the worst Fuel Economy (i.e. lowest value)
[6]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/O/N/07
[Turn over
18
17 The following flowchart shows how a payroll transaction file is used to produce company
pay slips.
Payroll
transaction
file
Validated
transaction
file
Sorted
transaction
file
Payroll
master
file
Update Master File

Produce Reports
Management
reports
UCLES 2007
0420/01/O/N/07
Payroll
updated
master
file
For
Examiner's
Use
19
(a) Show on the diagram where SORTING is carried out and where VALIDATION is
carried out.
[1]
(b) Show on the diagram two places where ERROR REPORTS are produced.
[1]
(c) Show on the diagram where PAYSLIPS are produced.
[1]
For
Examiner's
Use
(d) The transaction file was created using batch processing. Why was it not appropriate to
use real time processing?
[1]
(e) Name another application which uses batch processing.
[1]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/O/N/07
[Turn over
20
18 Monitoring of patients vital signs (e.g. heartbeat) in a hospital is done automatically using
sensors and computer hardware. Readings are shown on a screen both as a graph and as
numbers.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Why are readings shown in both graphical and numerical form?
[2]
(b) When the heartbeat is being monitored, how does the system decide if the
doctor/nurse needs to be warned of an abnormal reading?
[1]
(c) Give two advantages of using this type of automatic monitoring.

1
2
[2]
(d) How does this monitoring system differ from a control system?
[1]
UCLES 2007
0420/01/O/N/07
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
om
.c
s
er

*4623671366*
0420/01
COMPUTER STUDIES
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question paper.
For Examiners Use

IB08 11_0420_01/3RP
UCLES 2008
[Turn over
2
1
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) mouse
[2]
(b) search engine
[2]
(c) buffer
[2]
(d) RAM
[2]
(e) download
[2]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/O/N/08
3
2
Describe two benefits of using top down design to develop computer software.
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
Write a routine using a for to loop which inputs 100 numbers and outputs how many of
the numbers were negative.
[3]
Computer systems can be affected in various ways which could lead to data corruption.
Give two ways that data might be corrupted and suggest a method of protection for each.
Corruption 1
Protection method 1
Corruption 2
Protection method 2
[4]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/O/N/08
[Turn over
4
5
Describe two ways in which computers have affected how music is written and produced.
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
A supermarket uses a computer system to control and order stock. All products sold are
identified with a bar code which can be read at a Point Of Sale (POS) terminal.
(a) Apart from stock control, give one advantage to the supermarket of having bar codes
on the products.
[1]
(b) Give one advantage to the customer of using POS technology.
[1]
(c) Describe how a computerised stock control system works.
[3]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/O/N/08
5
7
Many people now bank through the Internet rather than using banks located in towns.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Give one advantage to a bank that offers Internet banking.
[1]
(b) Give one disadvantage to a bank that offers Internet banking.
[1]
(c) Give two advantages to customers of using Internet banking.

1
[2]
(d) Give two disadvantages to customers of using Internet banking.

1
[2]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/O/N/08
[Turn over
6
8
To gain access to a database, a user must first type in a user ID and then a password
which needs to be verified.
(a) How is a password usually verified?
[1]
(b) In spite of these safeguards, unauthorised access to the database is still possible.
What could be done:
(i) to prevent data being used by unauthorised people?
[1]
(ii) to prevent loss of data once the database has been illegally accessed?
[1]
(c) Personal data is protected to some extent by a Data Protection Act. Give two
requirements of a Data Protection Act.
1
[2]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/O/N/08
For
Examiner's
Use
7
9
Many computer networks use the RING and STAR configurations.

Compare the advantages and disadvantages of both types of networks. Include diagrams of
the ring and star configurations to help in your discussion.
Diagram of ring network
For
Examiner's
Use
Diagram of star network
Advantages and disadvantages of star networks
Advantages and disadvantages of ring networks
[5]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/O/N/08
[Turn over
10 A large city has decided to computerise totally its traffic management system. Traffic lights
and electronic road signs are now under automatic computer control.
(a) Sensors are placed around the city to gather information about traffic. Describe what
information would need to be gathered.
[2]
(b) Describe two ways the information from the sensors could be sent to the central
computer which is located several miles away.
1
2
[2]
(c) Give two advantages of having the traffic in the city controlled in this way.
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/O/N/08
For
Examiner's
Use
9
11 Mike has decided to send information to Asif by attaching a file to an email.
(a) Describe what happens after Mike writes his email, attaches the file and clicks on
send.
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
(b) Describe two potential problems when sending attachments via emails.
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/O/N/08
[Turn over
10
12 (a) A small shop selling books, CDs and DVDs uses a number of spreadsheets to keep
track of its stock. One of the spreadsheets showing Sci-Fi stock is shown below.
A
B
Sci-Fi
Item Code
Item Cost ($)
1
2
C
Stock
Number in stock
Stock value ($)
15131624
25.00
15
375.00
18316925
16.50
10
165.00
18560003
30.00
10
300.00
12111151
12.50
20
250.00
00516344
11.50
20
230.00
15821612
17.00
15
255.00
10322491
23.50
20
470.00
10
Total Value
2045.00
(i) How many columns are there in the above spreadsheet?

[1]
(ii) What formula must be in D3 to calculate the stock value of item 15131624?
[1]
(iii) What formula needs to be placed in cell D10 to calculate the total value of the
stock?
[1]
(iv) Data in B7 was found to be incorrect. The value in this cell was changed to 12.50.
Which cells would automatically change when this was done?
[1]
(b) The owners have decided to sell the shop and all its stock. They will produce a word
processed report to advertise the sale.
Describe how the owners will create this report which will contain text, data from the
stock spreadsheets, pictures of the shop and some of its stock.
[3]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/O/N/08
For
Examiner's
Use
11
13 A large car showroom employs a systems analyst to computerise their existing manual filing
systems.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Write down four of the stages in Systems Analysis.

1
2
3
4
[4]
(b) Describe two effects on the workforce of introducing the new computer system.
1
2
[2]
(c) Give two benefits to the car showroom of allowing customers to access details of cars
for sale using the Internet.
1
2
[2]
14
Describe three of the stages taken to create an expert system to help in medical diagnosis.
1
[3]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/O/N/08
[Turn over
12
15 A database has been produced showing solar system statistics.
Name of
planet
Mercury
Venus
Earth
Mars
Jupiter
Saturn
Uranus
Neptune
Pluto
Distance
from sun
(x106)
(km)
58
108
150
228
778
1427
2871
4497
5914
Number
of
moons
0
0
1
2
16
18
15
8
1
Maximum
surface
Number of
temperature
rings
(oC)
0
427
0
480
0
58
0
17
3
-150
1000
-180
11
-210
4
-214
0
-220
For
Examiner's
Use
Diameter
(km)
4880
12100
12756
6787
143200
120000
51800
49528
2330
(a) How many records are there in this database?

[1]
(b) The following search condition was typed in:

(Number of moons > 0) AND (Diameter (km) < 15000)
Using Name of planet, write down the results of this search:
[2]
(c) Write down a search condition to find out which planets have rings or have a diameter
more than 50000 km.
[2]
(d) Name a different validation check for each of the following fields.
(i) Maximum surface temperature (0C)
(ii) Name of planet

[2]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/O/N/08
13
(e) The data in the database was sorted in descending order using the Number of moons
field. Using Name of planet only, write down the results of this sort.
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
16 (a) What is meant by virtual reality?
[1]
(b) Describe two special devices that are used for manmachine interaction in virtual
reality systems.
1
[2]
(c) Give two examples of typical output from a virtual reality system.
1
[2]
(d) Give one example of a use of virtual reality.
[1]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/O/N/08
[Turn over
14
17 The following flowchart shows how sensors (which can be analogue or digital) and a
computer are used to control the temperature of a greenhouse for plants. Complete the
flowchart using the items from the list below.
START
Read input
temperature from sensor
Yes
No
LIST OF ITEMS
1
compare input temperature

with set temperature
2 is input temperature = set
temperature
3 is input temperature < set
temperature
4 is input temperature > set
temperature
5 is input signal analogue
6 output error
7 read set temperature from file
8 switch on cooler
9 switch on heater
10 system fault
11 use ADC to convert signal
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
STOP
[6]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/O/N/08
For
Examiner's
Use
15
18 A small library uses a database to monitor books being borrowed. Two of the tables in the
database are linked together:
For
Examiner's
Use
books borrowed by the customers

customer details
Each customer has a library card containing a unique customer code. Each book contains a
unique bar code.
(a) Which data item could link the two tables together?
[1]
(b) Todays date is 11 November 2008. Describe how the system would decide
automatically which books were overdue and how the customers could be contacted to
return the overdue books.
[3]
UCLES 2008
0420/01/O/N/08
[Turn over
16
19 The manufacturing cost of producing an item depends on its complexity. A company
manufactures three different types of item, with costs based on the following calculations:
For
Examiner's
Use
Item type 1: item cost = parts cost * 1.5

The company makes 1000 items per day.
Write an algorithm, using pseudocode, flowchart or otherwise, which
inputs the item type and parts cost of each item

outputs the item cost for each item
calculates and outputs the average (mean) item cost per day (based on 1000 items
being made).
[5]
0420/01/O/N/08
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
om
.c
s
er

*7983207402*
0420/01
COMPUTER STUDIES
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes
For Examiner's Use

IB09 11_0420_01/3RP
UCLES 2009
[Turn over
2
1
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) interrupt
[2]
(b) icon
[2]
(c) ROM
[2]
(d) buffer
[2]
(e) validation
[2]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/O/N/09
3
2
Give two advantages of using high level languages when writing new computer software
rather than using low level languages.
For
Examiner's
Use
2
[2]
A school decides to allow internet access on all its networked computers.

(a) Describe two problems this could create and how the system could be protected
against these problems.
Problem 1
Protection 1
Problem 2
Protection 2
[4]
(b) Student records are stored on a computer. This is linked to the network to allow
teachers to access information from anywhere on the school site.
(i) How is it possible to prevent unauthorised access to student records?
(ii) Each student record is approximately 5 megabytes. Suggest a possible back up

device to store the student records.
[2]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/O/N/09
[Turn over
4
4
A fashion company wants to produce a catalogue advertising their latest clothes.

Describe two ways they could obtain images of clothes and use them in their catalogue.
For
Examiner's
Use
[4]
Name two methods of implementing a new computer system. Give one advantage and one
disadvantage of each method chosen.
Method 1
Advantage
Disadvantage
Method 2
Advantage
Disadvantage
[4]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/O/N/09
5
6
As well as being a valuable source of information, the internet has also enabled users to
save money through a number of online services.
For
Examiner's
Use
Give two different examples of services that have allowed users to save money and
describe how the internet has made these savings possible.
Example 1
Reason
Example 2
Reason
[4]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/O/N/09
[Turn over
6
7
Video-conferencing has increased in popularity over the last five years.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Give three reasons for this increase in popularity.

1
[3]
(b) Describe one type of software and two hardware devices needed for
video-conferencing.
Software
Hardware 1
Hardware 2
[3]
(c) Apart from video-conferencing, what two other forms of communication exist which
make use of computer networks?
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/O/N/09
7
8
(a) How could a computer simulation be used by a supermarket to reduce queuing at

checkouts?
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
(b) The supermarket has decided to fit sensors at the shop entrance to count people
coming in and leaving.
(i) What type of sensor would be suitable to detect people?
[1]
(ii) How could the supermarket use the information obtained from these sensors?
[2]
(c) The supermarket has decided to fit information screens at various locations for
customer use. These information screens do not use keyboards.
(i) Give one example of a suitable input device.
[1]
(ii) What information could be made available to supermarket customers?
[1]
(iii) Give one advantage of using this system rather than displaying signs and notices
around the supermarket.
[1]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/O/N/09
[Turn over
8
9
Study the flowchart.
For
Examiner's
Use
START
C=1
INPUT N
N = N/10
Is
N < 1?
Yes
OUTPUT C
STOP
No
C=C+1
Complete the table to show what outputs you would expect for the three inputs.
INPUT N
OUTPUT C
55
2100
1
[3]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/O/N/09
9
10 Houses for sale can be viewed using a Virtual Reality Tour. This takes you round the house
in three dimensions (3D) on a computer screen as if you were there in person.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Give two advantages of Virtual Reality Tours.

1
2
[2]
(b) How are the house images created for the Virtual Reality Tour?
[2]
(c) What two changes in technology have allowed Virtual Reality Tours to become
possible?
1
[2]
(d) Describe a typical tool on a Virtual Reality Tour web page.
[1]
(e) Give another application of Virtual Reality Tours.
[1]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/O/N/09
[Turn over
10
11 A spreadsheet has been set up to store results of football matches for 12 teams. Halfway
through the year the results were:
A
1
2
Team
Name
Won
Drawn
(3 points) (1 point)
Lost
(0 points)
Number
of Points
Goals
For
Goals
Against
Goal
Matches
Difference Played
3
4
United
23
16
12
11
City
23
21
10
11
11
Town
19
16
10
11
Academics
18
12
11
Rovers
16
16
14
11
Runaways
14
10
12
-2
11
10
Yorkers
14
10
14
-4
11
11
Albion
12
14
15
-1
11
12
Knights
12
10
18
-8
11
13
Sporting
11
10
12
-2
11
14
Nohopers
16
-8
11
15
Jokers
14
-8
11
(a) What formula is in cell E4 to calculate the Number of Points for United?
[1]
(b) Goal Difference = (Goals For Goals Against). What formula is in cell H4 to find Goal
Difference for United?
[1]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/O/N/09
For
Examiner's
Use
11
(c) State two ways of checking the correctness of data in columns F and G.
For
Examiner's
Use
2
[2]
(d) Rovers played Yorkers and won 2 0. Columns B, D, F, G and I were updated. Which
other cells would be automatically updated?
[2]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/O/N/09
[Turn over
12
12 A digital security camera was set up as shown in the diagram.
For
Examiner's
Use
Computer
CCTV
DAC
The digital CCTV camera is connected to a computer. The computer can make the camera
move in any direction by sending out digital signals. The computer system has a
400 gigabyte hard disk.
(a) What hardware is needed to inform the computer that the camera needs to move to
capture an image?
[1]
(b) Why is the DAC needed?
[1]
(c) How could the computer use the camera to detect an intruder?
[1]
(d) Give two advantages of using digital cameras.

1
2
[2]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/O/N/09
13
(e) Each image size is 400 kilobytes (0.4 gigabytes).
For
Examiner's
Use
(i) How many images can be stored before the hard disk is full?
[1]
(ii) Once the hard disk is full, how can the system ensure that the stored images are
not lost and new images can be stored?
[1]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/O/N/09
[Turn over
14
13 A radio station keeps a database of all its music CDs. Here is part of this database:
Reference
CD title
Number
1111
Afternoon Glory
number of
tracks
12
special
edition
N
CD length
(mins)
55
number of
hit tracks
1
1112
Stone Tulips
10
42
1113
Aftermath
33
1114
Major Peppers
15
72
1115
Seaside
40
1116
Lookout
12
62
1117
Future Dreams
11
60
1118
Moonlight
14
70
(a) How many records are there in the database section?

[1]
(b) If the following query was input:

(CD length (mins) < 60) AND (number of hit tracks > 1)
using Reference Number only, write down which data items would be output.
[1]
(c) Write down a query to select which CDs are special edition or have more than
10 tracks.
[2]
(d) The database is sorted in descending order on CD length (mins). Using Reference
Number only, write down the order of the records following this sort.
[1]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/O/N/09
For
Examiner's
Use
15
(e) The radio station has a phone-in service where a listener texts the title of the CD on
their mobile phone. The popularity of each CD is then known and which CDs the radio
station should play.
For
Examiner's
Use
(i) How would this information be stored?
[1]
(ii) How could this information be linked to the database?
[1]
14 Describe how an expert system could be created to help in diagnosing faults in electronic
car management systems.
[4]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/O/N/09
[Turn over
16
15 Electric guitars consist of strings and frets.
For
Examiner's
Use
6 strings
22 frets
Musical notes on the guitar can be represented using the TAB notation:
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
1
0
0
1
Each line represents a string; the dots indicate which

strings must be held down with the fingers. These are
shown with a binary value of 1; otherwise the binary
value is 0.
Thus, the above note would be shown as:

6
TAB notation
It is also important to indicate where the strings should be held down. This is shown on the
FRET. If the fingers are to be held down at the 20th FRET, this is shown in binary as:
32 16
FRET position
(NOTE: add up the numbers in the headings where binary 1s appear, i.e. 16 + 4 = 20)
UCLES 2009
0420/01/O/N/09
17
(a) A note is being played according to the TAB notation:
1
2
3
4
5
6
For
Examiner's
Use
The strings are being held down on the 18th FRET.
Write down the binary notation for the TAB and for the FRET position:
TAB notation:
32
16
FRET position:
[2]
(b) (i) Show on the diagram below which note corresponds to TAB notation: 000010.
1
2
3
4
5
6
(ii) What FRET position corresponds to 010011?
[2]
(c) Describe two advantages of storing musical notes in this format.
1
[2]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/O/N/09
[Turn over
18
16 Many airlines now offer electronic tickets (e-tickets) to passengers when booking flights
online. A reference number is emailed to the passenger rather than mailing printed paper
tickets.
(a) Give two advantages of e-tickets compared to paper tickets.
1
[2]
(b) Give two advantages of the paper ticket system compared to e-tickets.
1
[2]
(c) Give two examples of information you would expect to see on the booking website.
1
[2]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/O/N/09
For
Examiner's
Use
19
17 (a) A cars speed is measured between points A and B, which are 200 km apart.
For
Examiner's
Use
B
200 km
The final speed of the car is calculated using the formula:

200
Final Speed =
Time (hours)
What is the final speed of a car if it takes 2 hours to get from A to B?
[1]
Part (b) is on the next page.
UCLES 2009
0420/01/O/N/09
[Turn over
20
(b) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or otherwise, which inputs the times for 500
cars, calculates the final speed of each car using the formula in part (a), and then
outputs:
For
Examiner's
Use
the final speed for ALL 500 cars

the slowest (lowest) final speed
the fastest (highest) final speed
the average final speed for all the cars.
[6]
UCLES 2009
0420/01/O/N/09
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
om
.c
s
er

*8156278959*
0420/11
COMPUTER STUDIES
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes
For Examiner's Use

IB10 11_0420_11/8RP
UCLES 2010
[Turn over
2
1
For
Examiner's
Use
(a)
Check digit
[2]
(b)
RAM
[2]
(c)
Macro
[2]
(d)
USB flash memory
[2]
(e)
Printer buffer
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/O/N/10
3
2
(a) State three reasons why a computer system failure might occur (malfunction).
For
Examiner's
Use
[3]
(b) One effect of a computer system failure is the loss or corruption of files. State one way
of recovering a file if it has been lost or corrupted.
[1]
(c) How is it possible to ensure illegally accessed files are unreadable?
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/O/N/10
[Turn over
4
3
(a) Name the following network topologies:
Name:
For
Examiner's
Use
Name: ..
[2]
(b) Give one advantage of having computers connected on a network.
[1]
(c) Give one disadvantage of having computers connected on a network.
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/O/N/10
5
4
(a) To log on to a computer, a user needs to type in a user id followed by a password;

these should match up. Only three attempts are allowed.
For
Examiner's
Use
The flowchart below shows the log on procedure. Several boxes have been left blank.
Complete the flowchart using items from the list.
START
List
Enter user
id
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Access not allowed

Allow access
Do user id and password match?
Enter password
Error message
Error message
Three attempts?
Yes
No
Yes
No
STOP
[3]
(b) Sometimes it is necessary to key in the password twice.

Name this type of data check.
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/O/N/10
[Turn over
6
5
A large cinema uses a computer system to control the air conditioning and also the day to
day running of the business (such as booking seats).
(a) Using examples from the cinema application, explain the difference between real time
transaction processing and real time process control.
[4]
(b) State two tasks carried out by an operating system.

1
2
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/O/N/10
For
Examiner's
Use
7
6
A telephone company produces paper-based directories. It has decided to offer directory

information to customers via a website.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Give one advantage to the telephone company in doing this.
[1]
(b) What two advantages does this new system offer the customer?
1
2
[2]
(c) Give one disadvantage to the customer of having their details available on the Internet.
[1]
(d) Describe one problem with the existing paper-based system that would not be
resolved using the electronic version.
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/O/N/10
[Turn over
8
7
An arrivals board at an airport shows the following information:

Flight Number
BT 051
HK 222
EU 009
TT 520
Due
From
13:50
13:55
14:00
14:20
Sao Paulo
Hong Kong
Berlin
New York
For
Examiner's
Use
Information
landed 13:45
baggage in hall
landed 14:00
delayed: expected 15:30
Data is input manually to update the arrivals board.

A new computer system is to be developed to replace the manual system.
(a) (i) How could a systems analyst find out what features customers would like to see in
the new system?
[1]
(ii) What would be the most suitable method to implement the new system? Give a
reason for your choice.
Method
Reason
[2]
The information on the arrivals board is to be made available to customers at unmanned

help desks located around the airport.
(b) All the existing information on the arrivals board will be available to customers. What
other information would customers find useful?
[1]
(c) It has been decided not to use keyboards at these help desks. Give one suitable input
device that could be used at these help desks.
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/O/N/10
9
(d) Give two advantages of using a computer system rather than a manual system.
For
Examiner's
Use
2
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/O/N/10
[Turn over
10
8
A company has set up video conferencing facilities connecting Rio de Janeiro, New York
and Hong Kong.
New York
Hong Kong
Rio de Janeiro
(a) Give one hardware item and one software item needed at each video conferencing
location.
Hardware item
Software item
[2]
(b) Describe two possible problems with this video conferencing set up.
1
2
[2]
(c) Apart from travelling and accommodation costs, what two benefits does the company
gain from using video conferencing facilities?
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/O/N/10
For
Examiner's
Use
11
9
The following algorithm inputs 20 numbers and outputs how many numbers were positive
(> 0) and how many numbers were negative (< 0).
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
For
Examiner's
Use
negative = 1
positive = 1
for count = 1 to 20 do
input number
if number < 0 then negative = negative + 1
if number > 0 then positive = positive + 1
count = count + 1
print negative, positive
next count
There are three different errors in this algorithm.

Locate each error and give the reason why you think it is an error.
Error 1
Reason 1
Error 2
Reason 2
Error 3
Reason 3
[6]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/O/N/10
[Turn over
12
10 A database has been set up to store information about aircraft. A section is shown below.
Ref
No
1001
2001
3001
3002
2002
3003
3004
2003
3005
3006
3007
Aircraft Name
An-225 Cossack
Airbus A380F
C-5 Galaxy
Boeing 777-600
Airbus A340-600
Boeing 747
Boeing 777
Airbus A330-300
Boeing 767
B52 Fortress
Boeing 757
Max Weight
(kg)
600 000
591 950
381 000
351 500
366 000
397 000
660 000
234 000
204 100
221 400
123 400
Length
(m)
84
73
76
74
75
71
74
63
61
49
54
Wing
Span (m)
88
80
68
65
63
64
61
60
52
56
38
Max Speed
(kph)
850
951
845
930
877
967
893
800
914
927
914

[1]
(b) Using Ref No only, what records would be output if the following search condition was
entered:
(Max Weight(kg) > 350 000) AND (Wing Span(m) < 66)?
[2]
(c) Write down the search condition to find out which aircraft have a length greater than
74 metres or have a maximum speed less than 900 kph.
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/O/N/10
For
Examiner's
Use
13
11 A road system is to be operated using computer-controlled traffic lights. Sensors are used
as part of the control system.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) The movement of traffic throughout the road system was first simulated on a computer.
Describe what data would need to be collected and how it would be used in the
simulation.
[3]
(b) Give two advantages of carrying out a simulation first before introducing a new system.
1
[2]
(c) Describe how the sensors, traffic lights and computer interact to control the traffic flow
in the new system.
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/O/N/10
[Turn over
14
12 A holiday resort is developing a website to inform the general public about their weather.
A spreadsheet was produced to show some of the statistics:
A
1
Monthly
Rainfall
(mm)
Hours
Sunshine
(per day)
Minimum
Temperature
(C)
Maximum
Temperature
(C)
Sun Index
For
Examiner's
Use
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Averages
130
210
340
350
220
170
100
30
25
20
10
50
138
10
29
28
27
25
23
22
20
22
24
26
27
28
25
36
34
32
30
28
27
25
28
31
33
36
38
32
49
36
28
28
35
40
40
36
63
63
90
80
(a) What formula is in N2 to show the average (mean) rainfall?

[1]
(b) Row 6 shows the Sun Index which is the difference between maximum temperature and
minimum temperature multiplied by hours sunshine. What formula is in L6 to calculate
the sun index for November?
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/O/N/10
15
(c) The resort wanted to show Hours Sunshine and Monthly Rainfall on one graph. Graphs
A and B were produced:
GRAPH A
(i)
Which is the best graph for

showing this information? Give a
reason for your answer.
(ii)
The resort wanted to include

average Hours Sunshine on the
graph. Describe how this could be
done.
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
400
300
200
100
rainfall (mm)
hours sun
Sunshine (hours) and Rainfall (mm)
For
Examiner's
Use
0
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
month
SUN
RAIN
GRAPH B
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
rainfall (mm)
400
300
200
100
0
hours sun
month
RAIN
[2]
SUN
(d) Apart from the information shown already, what two features would you expect to see
on the resorts website?
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/O/N/10
[Turn over
16
13 Describe how an expert system is developed and made ready for use.
For
Examiner's
Use
[4]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/O/N/10
17
14 An international bank keeps records of customer account details on a computer.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) It is necessary on occasions to:
delete records
amend records
insert records
Give one example of when each of the above would need to be done.
Delete
Amend
Insert
[3]
(b) A section of one record is shown below:

Frederick Parez
Rua Silva Paulet
name
address
5151 315 000
34
20 15 00
telephone number age
branch
Br
country
(i) The branch and country are coded. Give a reason for this.
[1]
(ii) One of the six fields is not appropriate.
Name this field and give a reason for your choice. Suggest an improved field.
Name of field
Reason for choice
Improved field choice

[3]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/O/N/10
[Turn over
18
15 A college secretary inputs data into fields on a computer screen as shown below:
For
Examiner's
Use
Examination Results
Student Sex:
Todays Date:
Examination Result (%):
Subject:
Grade:
(a) Choose a suitable different validation check for each of the following:
(i) Student Sex which can be M or F only
(ii) Todays Date which must be written as, for example, 15/10/2010
(iii) the Examination Result which can be any number from 0 to 100
[3]
(b) Apart from validation, how would it be possible to ensure only certain data could be
input into each of the fields on the computer screen?
[1]
(c) The secretary takes a ten minute break every hour.

(i) Apart from switching off, how can the secretary make sure the computer system is
secure whilst she takes a ten minute break?
(ii) From a health and safety aspect, why does the secretary need to take regular
breaks?
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/O/N/10
19
16
For
Examiner's
Use
Satellite navigation systems are used to give the vehicle driver directions.
(a) How does the system know the exact position of the vehicle?
[3]
(b) Give two advantages to the driver of using this system.

1
2
[2]
(c) Give one problem associated with satellite navigation systems.
[1]
(d) Name one other different form of transport which could use satellite navigation systems.
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/O/N/10
[Turn over
20
17 A school is doing a check on the heights and weights of all its students. The school has
1000 students.
For
Examiner's
Use
Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a flowchart, which
inputs the height and weight of all 1000 students

outputs the average (mean) height and weight
includes any necessary error traps for the input of height and weight
[5]
UCLES 2010
0420/11/O/N/10
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
om
.c
s
er

*9425950561*
0420/12
COMPUTER STUDIES
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes
For Examiner's Use

IB10 11_0420_12/FP
UCLES 2010
[Turn over
2
1
For
Examiner's
Use
(a)
Check digit
[2]
(b)
RAM
[2]
(c)
Macro
[2]
(d)
USB flash memory
[2]
(e)
Printer buffer
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/O/N/10
3
2
(a) State three reasons why a computer system failure might occur (malfunction).
For
Examiner's
Use
[3]
(b) One effect of a computer system failure is the loss or corruption of files. State one way
of recovering a file if it has been lost or corrupted.
[1]
(c) How is it possible to ensure illegally accessed files are unreadable?
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/O/N/10
[Turn over
4
3
(a) Name the following network topologies:
Name:
For
Examiner's
Use
Name: ..
[2]
(b) Give one advantage of having computers connected on a network.
[1]
(c) Give one disadvantage of having computers connected on a network.
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/O/N/10
5
4
(a) To log on to a computer, a user needs to type in a user id followed by a password;

these should match up. Only three attempts are allowed.
For
Examiner's
Use
The flowchart below shows the log on procedure. Several boxes have been left blank.
Complete the flowchart using items from the list.
START
List
Enter user
id
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Access not allowed

Allow access
Do user id and password match?
Enter password
Error message
Error message
Three attempts?
Yes
No
Yes
No
STOP
[3]
(b) Sometimes it is necessary to key in the password twice.

Name this type of data check.
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/O/N/10
[Turn over
6
5
A large cinema uses a computer system to control the air conditioning and also the day to
day running of the business (such as booking seats).
(a) Using examples from the cinema application, explain the difference between real time
transaction processing and real time process control.
[4]
(b) State two tasks carried out by an operating system.

1
2
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/O/N/10
For
Examiner's
Use
7
6
A telephone company produces paper-based directories. It has decided to offer directory

information to customers via a website.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Give one advantage to the telephone company in doing this.
[1]
(b) What two advantages does this new system offer the customer?
1
2
[2]
(c) Give one disadvantage to the customer of having their details available on the Internet.
[1]
(d) Describe one problem with the existing paper-based system that would not be
resolved using the electronic version.
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/O/N/10
[Turn over
8
7
An arrivals board at an airport shows the following information:

Flight Number
BT 051
HK 222
EU 009
TT 520
Due
From
13:50
13:55
14:00
14:20
Sao Paulo
Hong Kong
Berlin
New York
For
Examiner's
Use
Information
landed 13:45
baggage in hall
landed 14:00
delayed: expected 15:30
Data is input manually to update the arrivals board.

A new computer system is to be developed to replace the manual system.
(a) (i) How could a systems analyst find out what features customers would like to see in
the new system?
[1]
(ii) What would be the most suitable method to implement the new system? Give a
reason for your choice.
Method
Reason
[2]
The information on the arrivals board is to be made available to customers at unmanned

help desks located around the airport.
(b) All the existing information on the arrivals board will be available to customers. What
other information would customers find useful?
[1]
(c) It has been decided not to use keyboards at these help desks. Give one suitable input
device that could be used at these help desks.
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/O/N/10
9
(d) Give two advantages of using a computer system rather than a manual system.
For
Examiner's
Use
2
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/O/N/10
[Turn over
10
8
A company has set up video conferencing facilities connecting Rio de Janeiro, New York
and Hong Kong.
New York
Hong Kong
Rio de Janeiro
(a) Give one hardware item and one software item needed at each video conferencing
location.
Hardware item
Software item
[2]
(b) Describe two possible problems with this video conferencing set up.
1
2
[2]
(c) Apart from travelling and accommodation costs, what two benefits does the company
gain from using video conferencing facilities?
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/O/N/10
For
Examiner's
Use
11
9
The following algorithm inputs 20 numbers and outputs how many numbers were positive
(> 0) and how many numbers were negative (< 0).
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
For
Examiner's
Use
negative = 1
positive = 1
for count = 1 to 20 do
input number
if number < 0 then negative = negative + 1
if number > 0 then positive = positive + 1
count = count + 1
print negative, positive
next count
There are three different errors in this algorithm.

Locate each error and give the reason why you think it is an error.
Error 1
Reason 1
Error 2
Reason 2
Error 3
Reason 3
[6]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/O/N/10
[Turn over
12
10 A database has been set up to store information about aircraft. A section is shown below.
Ref
No
1001
2001
3001
3002
2002
3003
3004
2003
3005
3006
3007
Aircraft Name
An-225 Cossack
Airbus A380F
C-5 Galaxy
Boeing 777-600
Airbus A340-600
Boeing 747
Boeing 777
Airbus A330-300
Boeing 767
B52 Fortress
Boeing 757
Max Weight
(kg)
600 000
591 950
381 000
351 500
366 000
397 000
660 000
234 000
204 100
221 400
123 400
Length
(m)
84
73
76
74
75
71
74
63
61
49
54
Wing
Span (m)
88
80
68
65
63
64
61
60
52
56
38
Max Speed
(kph)
850
951
845
930
877
967
893
800
914
927
914

[1]
(b) Using Ref No only, what records would be output if the following search condition was
entered:
(Max Weight(kg) > 350 000) AND (Wing Span(m) < 66)?
[2]
(c) Write down the search condition to find out which aircraft have a length greater than
74 metres or have a maximum speed less than 900 kph.
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/O/N/10
For
Examiner's
Use
13
11 A road system is to be operated using computer-controlled traffic lights. Sensors are used
as part of the control system.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) The movement of traffic throughout the road system was first simulated on a computer.
Describe what data would need to be collected and how it would be used in the
simulation.
[3]
(b) Give two advantages of carrying out a simulation first before introducing a new system.
1
[2]
(c) Describe how the sensors, traffic lights and computer interact to control the traffic flow
in the new system.
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/O/N/10
[Turn over
14
12 A holiday resort is developing a website to inform the general public about their weather.
A spreadsheet was produced to show some of the statistics:
A
1
Monthly
Rainfall
(mm)
Hours
Sunshine
(per day)
Minimum
Temperature
(C)
Maximum
Temperature
(C)
Sun Index
For
Examiner's
Use
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Averages
130
210
340
350
220
170
100
30
25
20
10
50
138
10
29
28
27
25
23
22
20
22
24
26
27
28
25
36
34
32
30
28
27
25
28
31
33
36
38
32
49
36
28
28
35
40
40
36
63
63
90
80
(a) What formula is in N2 to show the average (mean) rainfall?

[1]
(b) Row 6 shows the Sun Index which is the difference between maximum temperature and
minimum temperature multiplied by hours sunshine. What formula is in L6 to calculate
the sun index for November?
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/O/N/10
15
(c) The resort wanted to show Hours Sunshine and Monthly Rainfall on one graph. Graphs
A and B were produced:
GRAPH A
(i)
Which is the best graph for

showing this information? Give a
reason for your answer.
(ii)
The resort wanted to include

average Hours Sunshine on the
graph. Describe how this could be
done.
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
400
300
200
100
rainfall (mm)
hours sun
For
Examiner's
Use
0
month
SUN
RAIN
GRAPH B
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
rainfall (mm)
400
300
200
100
0
hours sun
month
RAIN
[2]
SUN
(d) Apart from the information shown already, what two features would you expect to see
on the resorts website?
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/O/N/10
[Turn over
16
13 Describe how an expert system is developed and made ready for use.
For
Examiner's
Use
[4]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/O/N/10
17
14 An international bank keeps records of customer account details on a computer.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) It is necessary on occasions to:
delete records
amend records
insert records
Give one example of when each of the above would need to be done.
Delete
Amend
Insert
[3]
(b) A section of one record is shown below:

Frederick Parez
Rua Silva Paulet
name
address
5151 315 000
34
20 15 00
telephone number age
branch
Br
country
(i) The branch and country are coded. Give a reason for this.
[1]
(ii) One of the six fields is not appropriate.
Name this field and give a reason for your choice. Suggest an improved field.
Name of field
Reason for choice
Improved field choice

[3]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/O/N/10
[Turn over
18
15 A college secretary inputs data into fields on a computer screen as shown below:
For
Examiner's
Use
Examination Results
Student Sex:
Todays Date:
Examination Result (%):
Subject:
Grade:
(a) Choose a suitable different validation check for each of the following:
(i) Student Sex which can be M or F only
(ii) Todays Date which must be written as, for example, 15/10/2010
(iii) the Examination Result which can be any number from 0 to 100
[3]
(b) Apart from validation, how would it be possible to ensure only certain data could be
input into each of the fields on the computer screen?
[1]
(c) The secretary takes a ten minute break every hour.

(i) Apart from switching off, how can the secretary make sure the computer system is
secure whilst she takes a ten minute break?
(ii) From a health and safety aspect, why does the secretary need to take regular
breaks?
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/O/N/10
19
16
For
Examiner's
Use
Satellite navigation systems are used to give the vehicle driver directions.
(a) How does the system know the exact position of the vehicle?
[3]
(b) Give two advantages to the driver of using this system.

1
2
[2]
(c) Give one problem associated with satellite navigation systems.
[1]
(d) Name one other different form of transport which could use satellite navigation systems.
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/O/N/10
[Turn over
20
17 A school is doing a check on the heights and weights of all its students. The school has
1000 students.
For
Examiner's
Use
Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a flowchart, which
inputs the height and weight of all 1000 students

outputs the average (mean) height and weight
includes any necessary error traps for the input of height and weight
[5]
UCLES 2010
0420/12/O/N/10
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
om
.c
s
er

*8051666953*
0420/13
COMPUTER STUDIES
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes
For Examiner's Use

IB10 11_0420_13/6RP
UCLES 2010
[Turn over
2
1
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) interrupt
[2]
(b) optical media
[2]
(c) CAD
[2]
(d) verification
[2]
(e) global positioning system (GPS)
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/O/N/10
3
2
(a) What is meant by the term drop-down menu?
For
Examiner's
Use
[1]
(b) Give an example of where a drop-down menu could be used.
[1]
(c) Give one disadvantage of a drop-down menu.
[1]
A typical computer system contains the following four components:

RAM
ROM
hard disk
modem
Describe the function of each of these components.

RAM
ROM
hard disk
modem
[4]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/O/N/10
[Turn over
4
4
(a) Describe two differences between batch processing and real-time transaction
processing.
1
2
[2]
(b) Give one example of the use of each type of processing.

batch:
real-time transaction:
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/O/N/10
For
Examiner's
Use
5
5
Most laptop computers have networking capability.

(a) Describe two other desirable features you would look for when choosing a laptop
computer.
For
Examiner's
Use
2
[2]
(b) Describe two advantages of using broadband to connect to the Internet rather than
using dial-up.
[4]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/O/N/10
[Turn over
6
6
Complete the following table by writing down the most appropriate data collection method
for the given application.
Application
Data collection method
Reading information from a credit/debit

card
Choosing an option from a customer
information screen at an airport
Reading the results from a questionnaire
where pencil lines were used to choose
options
[3]
Name two of the common methods used to change over to a new computer system. For
each named method, give one advantage and one disadvantage.
Method 1
Advantage
Disadvantage
Method 2
Advantage
Disadvantage
[6]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/O/N/10
For
Examiner's
Use
7
8
Describe how computers are used to generate graphics and animation effects for use in
films and arcade games.
For
Examiner's
Use
[3]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/O/N/10
[Turn over
8
9
Students at a school decide to produce a monthly newsletter to inform parents of events.

They could either produce a magazine on paper or arrange for a multimedia presentation in
the school hall.
(a) State two advantages and two disadvantages of producing the magazine on paper.
Advantage 1
Advantage 2
Disadvantage 1
Disadvantage 2
[4]
(b) State two advantages and two disadvantages of giving a multimedia presentation.
Advantage 1
Advantage 2
Disadvantage 1
Disadvantage 2
[4]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/O/N/10
For
Examiner's
Use
9
10 (a) What is meant by a virus?
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
(b) What is meant by encryption?
[2]
(c) (i) A student wrote I would make backup copies of my data to guard against viruses.
Why is the students statement not necessarily true?
[1]
(ii) The same student also wrote Encryption would stop a hacker accessing the data
in my computer files.
Why is the students statement incorrect?
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/O/N/10
[Turn over
10
11 (a) Which validation methods are being carried out by the following three pseudocode
statements?
(i) if age > 10 and age < 20 then print "correct"
(ii) if gender = "male" and title = "Mr" then print "correct"
(iii) if field = "" then print "input data is missing"
[3]
(b) Name a different validation technique and give an example to show how it works.
Name
Example
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/O/N/10
For
Examiner's
Use
11
12 (a) A student is trying to find out information about cloud computers.
For
Examiner's
Use
How could he use the Internet to find this information?
[2]
(b) Give two advantages of using the Internet to find information.

1
[2]
(c) Give two disadvantages of using the Internet to find information.

1
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/O/N/10
[Turn over
12
13 A spreadsheet has been set up to compare the monthly costs of five mobile phone
networks. Normally a text message costs 2 cents and one minute of talk time costs
15 cents for all networks (100 cents = $1).
A
Network
name
Lemon
Yodafone
C-mobile
O-3
T-world
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
B
Monthly
charge ($)
65
65
65
65
65
C
No. of free
texts
500
1000
800
1000
2000
D
No. of free talk
time minutes
500
280
400
500
100
Best network:
E
Value of texts
+ talk time ($)
85
62
76
95
55
(a) What formula must be in E2 to calculate the value of the Lemon network offer?
[2]
(b) What formula needs to be placed in E7 to find the best offer?
[1]
(c) The customer actually uses 800 minutes of talk time per month.
How could the spreadsheet be modified so that the customer can find out which
network still gives him the best deal?
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/O/N/10
For
Examiner's
Use
13
14 An airport has a number of hotels nearby. A database has been set up to give customers
information to allow them to select a hotel.
Hotel
Ref
H41
K22
N15
L44
H30
H21
N21
K14
Name of
hotel
The Grand
Sleepy Inn
Britannia
Beach Hotel
Sea View
Pyramid
Superior
Travellers
No. of
stars
3
2
5
4
3
3
5
2
No. of
rooms
45
15
140
62
38
25
120
15
Hotel
parking
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
Y
N
Price per
person ($)
65
45
150
85
60
70
200
45
For
Examiner's
Use
Distance from
airport (km)
11
10
4
8
4
5
2
10
(a) How many records are shown in the database?

[1]
(b) Which field in each record must be unique?

[1]
(c) The following search condition was typed in:

(No. of stars > 3) OR (Hotel parking = Y)
Using Hotel Ref only, which records would be found?
[2]
(d) Write down the search condition to find which hotels were less than 10 km from the
airport and charged under $100 per person.
[2]
(e) The database was sorted into descending order using No. of rooms.
Using Hotel Ref only, write down the sorted order of records.
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/O/N/10
[Turn over
14
15 (a) The following flowchart shows how a burglar alarm system uses light sensors to
determine if an intruder has entered the house and decides to sound an alarm.
Select statements from the list below, using numbers only, to complete the flowchart.
START
Light sensor
detects movement
List of statements
1
No
2
3
4
5
6
7
Yes
No
check sensor value with the

stored value
convert signal to digital
has alarm been re-set?
is a signal detected?
is sensor value nominal?
is signal digital?
sound an alarm
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
[4]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/O/N/10
For
Examiner's
Use
15
(b) Explain why the sensor signal needs to be converted into digital.
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
(c) Name a different sensor and describe an application that uses the named sensor.
Sensor name:
Description:
[2]
(d) The computer cant directly control items such as motors and heaters.
What additional hardware is needed to allow the computer to control these devices?
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/O/N/10
[Turn over
16
16 A customer logs on to a secure website using a code and a password. The first stage is to
key in a code which is his date of birth (DDMMYY) followed by 1234. The second stage is
to type in the first, third, fourth and seventh character of his password.
The customer last logged on to the website on 15th March 2010.
(a) (i) The customers date of birth is 15th November 1985. What is the customers
code?
(ii) Why is this code not unique?
(iii) Suggest how this coding system could be improved.
[3]
(b) (i) The customers password is PAULO168.

What does the customer need to type at the second stage?
1st
3rd
4th
7th
(ii) Why are passwords used?
[2]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/O/N/10
For
Examiner's
Use
17
(c) If the customer gets through the two stages above he is then directed to a new security
page which states:
For
Examiner's
Use
You were last logged on to this website on 14th April 2010. Is this correct?
What could have happened to make the customer concerned about this statement?
[1]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/O/N/10
[Turn over
18
17 (a) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a flowchart, which

For
Examiner's
Use
inputs a set of positive numbers (which end with -1)

outputs the average (mean) value of the input numbers
outputs the value of the largest (highest) number input
[4]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/O/N/10
19
(b) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a flowchart, which

For
Examiner's
Use
inputs a whole number (which is > 0)

calculates the number of digits in the number
outputs the number of digits and the original number
(E.g. 147 would give an output of 3, 147)
[4]
UCLES 2010
0420/13/O/N/10
20
BLANK PAGE
0420/13/O/N/10
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
om
.c
s
er

*9106074384*
0420/11
COMPUTER STUDIES
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes
For Examiner's Use

IB11 11_0420_11/2RP
UCLES 2011
[Turn over
2
1
Name three of the stages in the system life cycle.
For
Examiner's
Use
3
[3]
(a) Give one benefit of storing music files in MP3 format.
[1]
(b) Describe the type of memory used in MP3 players.
[2]
Give three features expected in a data protection act.

1
3
[3]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/O/N/11
3
4
The following flowchart shows how barcodes are used at the point of sale in an automatic
stock control system.
For
Examiner's
Use
START
READ barcode
on item
No
Yes
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Yes
No
Yes
No
STOP
List of statements
any more barcodes to read?
find barcode in stock database
has item already been ordered?
has barcode been found in file?
has barcode scanned correctly?
is number in stock <= reorder level?
manually key in barcode
send out orders to suppliers
subtract 1 from item stock level
Yes
No
Yes
No
[5]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/O/N/11
[Turn over
4
5
(a) State what is meant by Computer Aided Design (CAD).
For
Examiner's
Use
[1]
(b) Give three different applications that make use of CAD.

1
[3]
(c) Name three specialist input/output devices used in CAD.

1
[3]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/O/N/11
5
6
(a) Name two pieces of hardware needed to enable video-conferencing to take place
using a standard computer system.
For
Examiner's
Use
2
[2]
(b) State one piece of specialist software needed to carry out video-conferencing.
[1]
(c) A company has decided to use video-conferencing rather than instant messaging.
[2]
(d) Give one reason why use of video-conferencing has increased over the last ten years.
[1]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/O/N/11
[Turn over
6
7
For
Examiner's
Use
START
INPUT
number
count = 1: total = 0: neg = 0
INPUT
temp
temp >= 20 ?
Yes
total = total + temp
No
temp <= 0 ?
Yes
neg = neg + 1
No
count = count + 1
Yes
count <= number ?

No
OUTPUT
total, neg
STOP
Complete the trace tables for the following two sets of test data:
(i) number = 7, temp = -5, 0, 5, -4, 0, 10, -2
(ii) number = 6, temp = 21, 20, 30, 19, 21, 15
UCLES 2011
0420/11/O/N/11
7
(i) trace table:
number
count
temp
total
neg
OUTPUT
count
temp
total
neg
OUTPUT
For
Examiner's
Use
(ii) trace table:

number
[6]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/O/N/11
[Turn over
8
8
You have been asked to write an article on how an expert system is developed.
What would you include in your article?
For
Examiner's
Use
[3]
A spreadsheet has been designed to calculate the fuel economy for 6 cars:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
car
car 1
car 2
car 3
car 4
car 5
car 6
B
distance (km)
48
160
70
200
150
300
C
fuel used (litres)
4.0
9.0
4.5
20.0
33.0
15.0
average economy:
best economy:
D
economy (km/litre)
12.0
17.8
15.6
10.0
4.5
20.0
13.3
20.0
(a) (i) What formula is in cell D2 to calculate the economy for car 1?
(ii) What formula is in cell D8 to calculate the average economy for all 6 cars?
(iii) What formula is in cell D9 to calculate the best (highest) economy?

[3]
(b) If cell B7 was changed to 200, which cells would be automatically updated?
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/O/N/11
9
(c) Fuel economy is often given in the form litres per 100 km. A column E is to be added
to the spreadsheet to contain these new economy values.
For
Examiner's
Use
What formula needs to be in E7 to find the economy of car 6 in litres per 100 km?
[2]
10 A companys technical services are now available on the Internet as well as using call
centres.
(a) Give two advantages to the customer of using call centres.
1
2
[2]
(b) Give two advantages to the customer of using technical services on the Internet.
1
2
[2]
(c) Describe two effects on company staff of replacing the call centres with Internet
services.
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/O/N/11
[Turn over
10
11 Computer memories are measured in terms of the number of bytes.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) (i) What is meant by the term byte?
(ii) What is meant by a Gigabyte?
[2]
(b) Flash memories and CD-RWs are used as backing media for computers.
Give two differences between these two media.
1
2
[2]
12 The conditions in a fish tank are being controlled using sensors and a microprocessor. To
keep the fish healthy, the temperature must be at 25C and the oxygen content needs to be
20 ppm (parts per million). The tank contains a heater and an oxygen inlet controlled by a
valve.
heater
oxygen supply
sensor A
sensor B
microprocessor
UCLES 2011
0420/11/O/N/11
11
(a) Name the two sensors used in this application.
For
Examiner's
Use
Sensor A
Sensor B
[2]
(b) Describe how the sensors and the microprocessor are used to maintain the correct
conditions in the fish tank.
[4]
(c) What safeguards would be needed to stop the fish tank temperature rising too high?
[1]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/O/N/11
[Turn over
12
13 Aeroplanes now use Global Positioning Systems (GPS) to determine their location.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Describe how the computer on board the aeroplane uses GPS to find its exact location.
[4]
(b) Give two benefits of using GPS in this application.

1
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/O/N/11
13
BLANK PAGE
UCLES 2011
0420/11/O/N/11
[Turn over
14
14 An alarm, X, gives a signal (i.e. X = 1) when a car fuel injection system gives certain fault
conditions. The inputs are:
input
P
R
T
binary value
0
1
0
1
0
1
condition
pressure < 5 bar
pressure >= 5 bar
revs > 8000 rpm
revs <= 8000 rpm
temp > 120 C
temp <= 120 C
The alarm returns a value of 1 if:

either
(i) pressure < 5 bar AND revs > 8000 rpm
or
(ii) revs <= 8000 rpm AND temp > 120 C
(a) Draw the logic circuit for the above system using these logic gates.
NOT
AND
OR
[6]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/O/N/11
For
Examiner's
Use
15
(b) Complete the truth table for this alarm system.
P
For
Examiner's
Use
[4]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/O/N/11
[Turn over
16
15 A company selling CDs uses a unique 6-digit identification number for each CD title. The
right-most digit (position 1) is a check digit.
For example,
digit position
identification number
6 5 4 3 2 1
3 0 6 1 4 9
check digit
The validity of the number and check digit is calculated as follows:
multiply each digit by its digit position

add up the results of the multiplications
divide the answer by 11
if the remainder is 0, the identification number and check digit are valid
(a) Show whether the following identification numbers are valid or not. You must show
how you arrived at your answer.
(i) 4 2 1 9 2 3
working:
valid or not valid?

(ii) 8 2 0 1 5 6
working:
valid or not valid?
UCLES 2011
[3]
0420/11/O/N/11
For
Examiner's
Use
17
(b) Find the check digit for the following identification number:
5 0 2 4 1 __
For
Examiner's
Use
working:
check digit:
[2]
(c) Describe, with examples, two different types of data entry errors that a check digit
would detect.
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/O/N/11
[Turn over
18
16 A company has bought some computers which can be used as stand-alone or networked.
(a) When used as stand-alone, there is a risk of information being stolen.
Give two ways this risk could be removed or minimised.
1
2
[2]
(b) There are additional, different security risks when using the computers on a network.
Describe two of these risks and how the system can be protected against them.
Risk 1
Protection
Risk 2
Protection
[4]
(c) The company use a star network which is linked externally to the Internet.
(i) Draw a labelled diagram of a star network.
UCLES 2011
0420/11/O/N/11
For
Examiner's
Use
19
(ii) Another type of network is a ring. Give one advantage of a star network when
compared to a ring network.
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
(d) The company also decides to buy some laptop computers for use on the network.
Give two desirable properties you would look for in the laptop processors.
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/O/N/11
[Turn over
20
17 (a) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or flowchart only, which:
For
Examiner's
Use
inputs three numbers

outputs the largest of the three numbers
[3]
(b) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or flowchart only, which:
inputs 1000 numbers

outputs how many of these numbers were whole numbers (integers)
(You may use INT(X) in your answer e.g. Y = INT(3.8) gives the value Y = 3)
[4]
UCLES 2011
0420/11/O/N/11
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
om
.c
s
er

*1004417778*
0420/12
COMPUTER STUDIES
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes
For Examiner's Use

IB11 11_0420_12/FP
UCLES 2011
[Turn over
2
1
Name three of the stages in the system life cycle.
For
Examiner's
Use
3
[3]
(a) Give one benefit of storing music files in MP3 format.
[1]
(b) Describe the type of memory used in MP3 players.
[2]
Give three features expected in a data protection act.

1
3
[3]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/O/N/11
3
4
The following flowchart shows how barcodes are used at the point of sale in an automatic
stock control system.
For
Examiner's
Use
START
READ barcode
on item
No
Yes
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Yes
No
Yes
No
STOP
List of statements
any more barcodes to read?
find barcode in stock database
has item already been ordered?
has barcode been found in file?
has barcode scanned correctly?
is number in stock <= reorder level?
manually key in barcode
send out orders to suppliers
subtract 1 from item stock level
Yes
No
Yes
No
[5]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/O/N/11
[Turn over
4
5
(a) State what is meant by Computer Aided Design (CAD).
For
Examiner's
Use
[1]
(b) Give three different applications that make use of CAD.

1
[3]
(c) Name three specialist input/output devices used in CAD.

1
[3]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/O/N/11
5
6
(a) Name two pieces of hardware needed to enable video-conferencing to take place
using a standard computer system.
For
Examiner's
Use
2
[2]
(b) State one piece of specialist software needed to carry out video-conferencing.
[1]
(c) A company has decided to use video-conferencing rather than instant messaging.
[2]
(d) Give one reason why use of video-conferencing has increased over the last ten years.
[1]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/O/N/11
[Turn over
6
7
For
Examiner's
Use
START
INPUT
number
count = 1: total = 0: neg = 0
INPUT
temp
temp >= 20 ?
Yes
total = total + temp
No
temp <= 0 ?
Yes
neg = neg + 1
No
count = count + 1
Yes
count <= number ?

No
OUTPUT
total, neg
STOP
Complete the trace tables for the following two sets of test data:
(i) number = 7, temp = -5, 0, 5, -4, 0, 10, -2
(ii) number = 6, temp = 21, 20, 30, 19, 21, 15
UCLES 2011
0420/12/O/N/11
7
(i) trace table:
number
count
temp
total
neg
OUTPUT
count
temp
total
neg
OUTPUT
For
Examiner's
Use
(ii) trace table:

number
[6]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/O/N/11
[Turn over
8
8
You have been asked to write an article on how an expert system is developed.
What would you include in your article?
For
Examiner's
Use
[3]
A spreadsheet has been designed to calculate the fuel economy for 6 cars:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
car
car 1
car 2
car 3
car 4
car 5
car 6
B
distance (km)
48
160
70
200
150
300
C
fuel used (litres)
4.0
9.0
4.5
20.0
33.0
15.0
average economy:
best economy:
D
economy (km/litre)
12.0
17.8
15.6
10.0
4.5
20.0
13.3
20.0
(a) (i) What formula is in cell D2 to calculate the economy for car 1?
(ii) What formula is in cell D8 to calculate the average economy for all 6 cars?
(iii) What formula is in cell D9 to calculate the best (highest) economy?

[3]
(b) If cell B7 was changed to 200, which cells would be automatically updated?
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/O/N/11
9
(c) Fuel economy is often given in the form litres per 100 km. A column E is to be added
to the spreadsheet to contain these new economy values.
For
Examiner's
Use
What formula needs to be in E7 to find the economy of car 6 in litres per 100 km?
[2]
10 A companys technical services are now available on the Internet as well as using call
centres.
(a) Give two advantages to the customer of using call centres.
1
2
[2]
(b) Give two advantages to the customer of using technical services on the Internet.
1
2
[2]
(c) Describe two effects on company staff of replacing the call centres with Internet
services.
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/O/N/11
[Turn over
10
11 Computer memories are measured in terms of the number of bytes.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) (i) What is meant by the term byte?
(ii) What is meant by a Gigabyte?
[2]
(b) Flash memories and CD-RWs are used as backing media for computers.
Give two differences between these two media.
1
2
[2]
12 The conditions in a fish tank are being controlled using sensors and a microprocessor. To
keep the fish healthy, the temperature must be at 25C and the oxygen content needs to be
20 ppm (parts per million). The tank contains a heater and an oxygen inlet controlled by a
valve.
heater
oxygen supply
sensor A
sensor B
microprocessor
UCLES 2011
0420/12/O/N/11
11
(a) Name the two sensors used in this application.
For
Examiner's
Use
Sensor A
Sensor B
[2]
(b) Describe how the sensors and the microprocessor are used to maintain the correct
conditions in the fish tank.
[4]
(c) What safeguards would be needed to stop the fish tank temperature rising too high?
[1]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/O/N/11
[Turn over
12
13 Aeroplanes now use Global Positioning Systems (GPS) to determine their location.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Describe how the computer on board the aeroplane uses GPS to find its exact location.
[4]
(b) Give two benefits of using GPS in this application.

1
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/O/N/11
13
BLANK PAGE
UCLES 2011
0420/12/O/N/11
[Turn over
14
14 An alarm, X, gives a signal (i.e. X = 1) when a car fuel injection system gives certain fault
conditions. The inputs are:
input
P
R
T
binary value
0
1
0
1
0
1
condition
pressure < 5 bar
pressure >= 5 bar
revs > 8000 rpm
revs <= 8000 rpm
temp > 120 C
temp <= 120 C
The alarm returns a value of 1 if:

either
(i) pressure < 5 bar AND revs > 8000 rpm
or
(ii) revs <= 8000 rpm AND temp > 120 C
NOT
AND
OR
[6]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/O/N/11
For
Examiner's
Use
15
P
For
Examiner's
Use
[4]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/O/N/11
[Turn over
16
15 A company selling CDs uses a unique 6-digit identification number for each CD title. The
right-most digit (position 1) is a check digit.
For example,
digit position
identification number
6 5 4 3 2 1
3 0 6 1 4 9
check digit
The validity of the number and check digit is calculated as follows:
multiply each digit by its digit position

add up the results of the multiplications
divide the answer by 11
if the remainder is 0, the identification number and check digit are valid
(a) Show whether the following identification numbers are valid or not. You must show
how you arrived at your answer.
(i) 4 2 1 9 2 3
working:
valid or not valid?

(ii) 8 2 0 1 5 6
working:
valid or not valid?
UCLES 2011
[3]
0420/12/O/N/11
For
Examiner's
Use
17
(b) Find the check digit for the following identification number:
5 0 2 4 1 __
For
Examiner's
Use
working:
check digit:
[2]
(c) Describe, with examples, two different types of data entry errors that a check digit
would detect.
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/O/N/11
[Turn over
18
16 A company has bought some computers which can be used as stand-alone or networked.
(a) When used as stand-alone, there is a risk of information being stolen.
Give two ways this risk could be removed or minimised.
1
2
[2]
(b) There are additional, different security risks when using the computers on a network.
Describe two of these risks and how the system can be protected against them.
Risk 1
Protection
Risk 2
Protection
[4]
(c) The company use a star network which is linked externally to the Internet.
(i) Draw a labelled diagram of a star network.
UCLES 2011
0420/12/O/N/11
For
Examiner's
Use
19
(ii) Another type of network is a ring. Give one advantage of a star network when
compared to a ring network.
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
(d) The company also decides to buy some laptop computers for use on the network.
Give two desirable properties you would look for in the laptop processors.
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/O/N/11
[Turn over
20
17 (a) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or flowchart only, which:
For
Examiner's
Use
inputs three numbers

outputs the largest of the three numbers
[3]
(b) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or flowchart only, which:
inputs 1000 numbers

outputs how many of these numbers were whole numbers (integers)
(You may use INT(X) in your answer e.g. Y = INT(3.8) gives the value Y = 3)
[4]
UCLES 2011
0420/12/O/N/11
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
om
.c
s
er

*7243189671*
0420/13
COMPUTER STUDIES
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes
For Examiner's Use

IB11 11_0420_13/4RP
UCLES 2011
[Turn over
2
1
(a) Give two benefits of networking a set of computers.
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
(b) A college decides to use network computers with wireless capability.

Give one advantage and one disadvantage of using wireless systems.
Advantage:
Disadvantage:
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/13/O/N/11
3
2
The following table shows three applications which require specialist output devices.
For each application, suggest one possible output device and give a reason for your
choice.
Application
Output device
For
Examiner's
Use
Reason for choice of device
A visually impaired
person using a word
processor
Using CAD to design

a new engine
Monitoring a house
for burglars
[6]
UCLES 2011
0420/13/O/N/11
[Turn over
4
3
A user wishes to use a word processing application. They can either use a command line
interface (CLI) or a graphical user interface (GUI) to open this application.
(a) Describe how both methods could be used to select the application including any input
hardware needed.
(i) CLI
(ii) GUI
[4]
(b) (i) What is meant by automatic data capture?
(ii) Name a device used in automatic data capture and describe an application that
uses it.
Device:
Application:
[3]
UCLES 2011
0420/13/O/N/11
For
Examiner's
Use
5
4
Five definitions and descriptions are shown below on the left hand side.
For
Examiner's
Use
Five computer terms are shown on the right.

Match the definitions/descriptions on the left to the correct term on the right by drawing
connecting arrows.
check if students ages are

in the range 11 to 18
verification
computer generated
operation of a chemical
process
validation
software that looks for

information based on certain
key words
simulation
system where all the data

are collected first before
being processed in one go
search engine
typing in a password twice

to ensure it is correct
batch processing
[5]
UCLES 2011
0420/13/O/N/11
[Turn over
6
5
When new software is produced it is usually accompanied by user documentation and

technical documentation.
(a) Explain these two terms:
user documentation:
technical documentation:
[2]
(b) The following list contains items that can be found in either or both types of
documentation.
Tick () the box which indicates where you would find each item.
Item
User
Technical
Both user and
technical
documentation documentation
documentation
only
only
how to save a file

program listing/coding
hardware and software requirements
file structures
list of variables
how to load the software
meaning of errors/error messages
[3]
UCLES 2011
0420/13/O/N/11
For
Examiner's
Use
7
6
(a) What is meant by the term web browser?
For
Examiner's
Use
[1]
(b) Rock-ICT has set up a website as shown below:
ROCK ICT
Home
(i)
Sales
Basket
Checkout
Payment
(ii)
credit card
Choose your payment method:
debit card
click here to go to CD website
(iii)
Give the names of the three parts that have been labelled:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
[3]
(c) How does the website recognise the users buying preferences as soon as they visit
the website?
[1]
(d) Hacking is one security issue associated with the Internet and emails.
State two other security issues.
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/13/O/N/11
[Turn over
8
7
The following flowchart inputs the size of a number of car engines; a value of -1 stops the
input.
The following information is output: average engine size and number of engines with size
> 1.5.
START
engine = 0: count = 0: number = 0
INPUT
size
is size
= 1 ?
Yes
average = engine/number
OUTPUT
average, count
No
is size
> 1.5 ?
Yes
STOP
count = count + 1
No
number = number + 1
engine = engine + size
UCLES 2011
0420/13/O/N/11
For
Examiner's
Use
9
Complete the trace table for the following input data:
1.8, 2.0, 1.0, 1.3, 1.0, 2.5, 2.0, 1.3, 1.8, 1.3,
engine
count
number
size
For
Examiner's
Use
-1
average
OUTPUT
[6]
UCLES 2011
0420/13/O/N/11
[Turn over
10
8
Robots are being introduced into a factory which makes engines.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Describe three ways this could affect the workers.

1
3
[3]
(b) One of the many advantages to management is the reduction in overall costs.
Give two reasons why using robots could reduce costs.
1
2
[2]
(c) Give two other advantages to the management of introducing robots.

1
2
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/13/O/N/11
11
9
A spreadsheet was set up to compare passenger costs for five airlines.

A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Flight id
AA 151
AT 304
BR 106
CD 221
EX 115
B
Distance
(km)
3 000
2 000
1 500
8 000
6 000
C
Number of
passengers
240
320
150
400
280
D
Total revenue
($)
60 000
80 000
45 000
360 000
140 000
Average cost:
For
Examiner's
Use
E
Cost per
passenger ($)
250
250
300
900
500
(a) What formula must be in E2 to calculate the cost per passenger.

[1]
(b) Cell E7 is to contain the average passenger cost.

What formula would need to be placed in this cell?
[1]
(c) It was decided to add two new columns (F and G) to find out if the airline made a profit
or loss on each flight. The costs per flight are calculated by multiplying Distance (km)
by 1/10th of the Number of passengers.
(i) What formulas must be in column F?
F
1
Flight costs ($)
2
3
4
5
6
[2]
(ii) The formula = IF (F2 > D2, Loss, Profit) was added to cell G2. What would
be output?
[1]
(iii) What formula would be in G5 after replication down from G2?
[1]
UCLES 2011
0420/13/O/N/11
[Turn over
12
10 A computer system is being used to monitor and control a chemical process.
For
Examiner's
Use
gases out
temperature sensor
chemical
process
computer
heater
pressure sensor
valve
gases in
(a) Data are collected from sensors at regular intervals and compared with stored values.
(i) Describe how the computer uses this data when monitoring the chemical
process.
[1]
(ii) Describe how the computer uses this data when controlling the chemical process.
[1]
UCLES 2011
0420/13/O/N/11
13
(b) What steps are necessary for the computer to control the temperature of the chemical
process?
For
Examiner's
Use
[3]
(c) Name two other sensors and give a different application where they are used.
sensor 1:
application:
sensor 2:
application:
[4]
UCLES 2011
0420/13/O/N/11
[Turn over
14
11 A digital alarm clock is controlled by a microprocessor. It uses the 24-hour clock system
(i.e. 6 pm is 18:00).
Each digit in a typical display is represented by a 4-digit binary code:
8
1st digit (0)
2nd digit (8)
3rd digit (3)
4th digit (5)
For example:
is represented by:
(clock display)
(a) What time is shown on the clock display if the 4-digit binary codes are:
8
(clock display)
[2]
(b) What would be stored in the 4-digit binary codes if the clock display time was:
8
1
1st digit
2nd digit
3rd digit
4th digit
[4]
UCLES 2011
0420/13/O/N/11
For
Examiner's
Use
15
(c) The clock alarm has been set at 08:00.
Describe the actions of the microprocessor which enable the alarm to sound at 08:00.
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/13/O/N/11
[Turn over
16
12 A database has been set up to show details about countries. Part of the database is shown
below.
Country
code
CH
IN
PO
BO
TI
BR
RO
SA
ZA
Country
China
India
Poland
Bolivia
Tibet
Brazil
Romania
Saudi Arabia
Zambia
Area
Population
(millions
(millions)
sq km)
9.6
1320
3.8
1150
0.3
39
1.1
9
1.2
2
8.5
192
0.2
22
2.2
28
0.7
12
Continent
Asia
Asia
Europe
America
Asia
America
Europe
Asia
Africa
Coastline
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Currency
yuan
rupee
zloty
boliviano
yuan
real
leu
riyal
kwacha

[1]
(b) Using Country code only, what would be output if the following search condition was
used?
(Population (millions) > 1000) OR (Continent = Asia)
[2]
(c) Write down a search condition to find which countries have a land area less than 3
million square km and also have a coastline.
[2]
(d) If the database was sorted in descending order of population size, using
Country code only, what would be the order of countries in the database?
[2]
UCLES 2011
0420/13/O/N/11
For
Examiner's
Use
17
13 The following flowchart shows how barcodes are used when a customer buys items from
the supermarket. Barcodes are used to find the prices and to carry out stock control.
Several stages are missing from the flowchart. These stages are shown in the item list
below.
For
Examiner's
Use
Insert the correct statements, using numbers only, to complete the flowchart.
START
scan in the next barcode
has
barcode been
found?
has
barcode been
found?
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No.
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
List of statements
any more items to scan?
decrease stock level by 1
key in barcode number manually
print error
print out the order form
print out the itemised bill
get price and display item price
scan in coupons, loyalty cards, etc
has stock already been ordered?
is stock <= minimum stock level?
customer makes payment
[5]
STOP
UCLES 2011
0420/13/O/N/11
[Turn over
18
14 An alarm, Y, sends a signal (Y = 1) when certain fault conditions in a chemical process are
detected. The inputs are:
Input
A
T
S
Binary value
1
0
1
0
1
0
Condition
acidity > 5
acidity <= 5
temperature >= 120UC
temperature < 120UC
stirrer bar ON
stirrer bar OFF
The alarm, Y, returns a value of 1 if:

either
(i) temperature >= 120UC AND stirrer bar is OFF
or
(ii) acidity > 5 AND temperature < 120UC
NOT
AND
OR
[5]
UCLES 2011
0420/13/O/N/11
For
Examiner's
Use
19
A
For
Examiner's
Use
[4]
15 A student gave the following three computer definitions.

Give the name of the term being described in each case.
(i) a signal from a device sent to a computer causing the CPU to stop its current
operation temporarily
(ii) an exchange of signals between two devices when communicating to ensure

synchronisation
(iii) a temporary memory to store data waiting to be sent to a device
[3]
UCLES 2011
0420/13/O/N/11
[Turn over
20
16 The weather conditions in a town are being monitored over a year (365 days). The values
recorded per day are weather type and temperature (e.g. CLOUDY, 25)
For
Examiner's
Use
Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or flowchart only, which:
inputs the weather type and temperature for each day

outputs the number of days that were CLOUDY, RAINING, SUNNY or FOGGY
outputs the highest recorded temperature for the year
outputs the lowest recorded temperature for the year
[6]
UCLES 2011
0420/13/O/N/11
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
om
.c
s
er

*8844682103*
0420/11
COMPUTER STUDIES
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes
For Examiner's Use

IB12 11_0420_11/3RP
UCLES 2012
[Turn over
2
1
Give three features of a data protection act.
For
Examiner's
Use
3
[3]
Describe four of the stages in the creation of an expert system.

1
4
[4]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/O/N/12
3
3
For each of the following five groups of hardware items, write down a computer application
that would need those items.
List of hardware items
For
Examiner's
Use
Application
webcam, microphone,
speakers
barcode reader, POS
terminal
pressure sensor, ADC,
lights, siren
data gloves, data
goggles
light pen, plotter, 3D
printer
[5]
A company has decided to introduce robots into its manufacturing process.

Give three benefits and one drawback to the company management.
Benefits
1
Drawback
[4]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/O/N/12
[Turn over
4
5
Flowchart A
shows an existing manual system used
by a shop to calculate a customers bill
and carry out stock control.
Flowchart B
shows the intended automatic
computer-controlled system.
items purchased
by customer
START
prices read from

labels on the items
prices keyed into a

manual till
final bill produced
at end of the day, a

stock check is
carried out by staff
number of items in
stock checked
against check
sheet for each item
Yes
No
if below a certain
level, clerk fills out
order form for new
stock for each item
No
Yes
orders sent off at

the end of each
day to suppliers
STOP
existing manual system
UCLES 2012
intended automatic
computerised system
0420/11/O/N/12
For
Examiner's
Use
5
Using item numbers only from the following list, complete Flowchart B.
Item
Number
For
Examiner's
Use
Description
each item quantity reduced by 1 on the database
is stock level of item < = re-order level?
item price found on database
quantity of stock item checked against re-order level at end of the day
order for new stock of each item automatically sent out
barcode on each item scanned
have all items been checked?
an itemised bill is produced

[4]
State three different methods that allow people to communicate using the Internet.
In each case, give a different benefit for the stated method.
Method 1
Benefit
Method 2
Benefit
Method 3
Benefit
[6]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/O/N/12
[Turn over
6
7
(a) Lucy wrote: I should validate the input into my database by typing in the same data
twice.
Why was her statement incorrect?
[2]
(b) She lost all her photographs when her computer crashed.
(i) What is meant by the term crashed?
(ii) How could she have avoided losing all her photographs?
[2]
(c) Lucy was sent an important attachment in an email, but couldnt open it.
Give a reason why she couldnt open the attachment.
[1]
(d) She decided to invest in a wireless (Wi-Fi) mouse and keyboard for her computer.
Give one benefit and one drawback of using wireless devices.
Benefit
Drawback
[2]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/O/N/12
For
Examiner's
Use
7
8
The following 2 pictures are images of the letter R stored as bitmap files:
X
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Why is picture X fuzzy?
[2]
(b) Even the sharp image in picture Y would become fuzzy if enlarged. Why would this
happen?
[2]
(c) Name an output device that makes use of this imaging method.
[1]
(d) State a drawback of storing sharp quality bitmap image files.
[1]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/O/N/12
[Turn over
8
9
A large company has decided to replace some of its European technical call centres. The
new call centres will be located in three developing countries around the world.
(a) Give two benefits of opening these new call centres.
1
[2]
(b) Give two drawbacks of opening these new call centres.

1
[2]
(c) Give two ways in which the workforce in the European call centres could be affected.
1
[2]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/O/N/12
For
Examiner's
Use
9
(d) The staff at these new call centres use computers for long periods of time.
For
Examiner's
Use
Give two potential health and safety risks to these staff.

1
[2]
10 A computer system is to have access to the Internet.

Name and describe three potential security issues.
Security issue 1
Description
Security issue 2
Description
Security issue 3
Description
[6]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/O/N/12
[Turn over
10
11 An alarm sounds when certain conditions occur in a nuclear reactor.
For
Examiner's
Use
The output, X, of a logic circuit that drives the alarm must have a value of 1 if:
either
carbon dioxide pressure too low and temperature < = 300C
or
water pressure > 10 bar and temperature > 300C
The inputs to the system are:

Input
P
T
W
Binary
0
1
0
1
0
1
Condition
carbon dioxide pressure too low
carbon dioxide pressure acceptable
temperature > 300C
temperature < = 300C
water pressure > 10 bar
water pressure < = 10 bar
(a) Draw the required logic circuit using AND, OR and NOT gates only.
[5]
(b) Complete the truth table for the above system.

P
[4]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/O/N/12
11
12 (a) What is meant by the term bit streaming?
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
(b) John uses bit streaming to watch films from websites.

(i) Give two advantages of using bit streaming for this purpose.
1
2
[2]
(ii) Give two potential problems of using bit streaming for this purpose.
1
2
[2]
(c) Describe another application of bit streaming.
[1]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/O/N/12
[Turn over
12
13 A chemical company uses pipes to transfer hazardous liquids. To protect the workforce,
each pipe is inside a protective pipe.
protective pipe
valve
inner pipe containing liquid
valve
computer
= sound sensor
Sensors are used to detect the sound of any liquid dripping into the protective pipe.
Actuators operate the valves that regulate the flow of liquid through the inner pipe.
This system is controlled by a computer.
(a) Describe how the sensors, actuators, valves and computer are used to monitor and
control the liquid in the pipe.
[5]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/O/N/12
For
Examiner's
Use
13
(b) Give two advantages of using this computer-controlled system rather than visual
checks by the workforce.
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/O/N/12
[Turn over
14
For
Examiner's
Use
START
S=0
C=1
INPUT N
T = N/100
is T < 1 ?
Yes
Yes
is T >= 0.1 ?
No
No
C=C+1
Yes
Is C <= 10 ?
No
OUTPUT S
STOP
UCLES 2012
0420/11/O/N/12
S=S+1
15
Complete the trace table for the following data:
For
Examiner's
Use
15, 8, 251, 35, 60, 3, 2, 1516, 19, 55

S
OUTPUT
[5]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/O/N/12
[Turn over
16
15 A company organises music concerts. It has been decided to use a spreadsheet to find out
how many nights each band must play at a venue to make a profit.
A
Name of band
Booking fee
($)
Cost per
seat ($)
Venue
capacity
2
3
4
5
6
7
Goo Goo Guys

Frozen Primates
The Cinnamon Girls
U235
Steal That
300 000
1 520 000
500 000
2 400 000
1 400 000
20.00
40.00
25.00
50.00
40.00
10 000
20 000
15 000
20 000
15 000
E
Minimum
number of
nights
1.5
1.9
1.3
2.4
2.3
(a) The minimum number of nights needed to make a profit is found by dividing the booking
fee by the total nightly takings (assuming the venue is always full to capacity).
What formulas must be in column E?
E
Minimum number of nights
2
3
4
5
6
[2]
(b) What formula could be placed in cell C7 to find the average cost per seat?
[1]
(c) To make a profit possible, it is necessary to increase the values in column E to the
next whole number.
Describe how this could be done.
[2]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/O/N/12
For
Examiner's
Use
17
16 The following statistics refer to a music track being recorded on a CD:
music is sampled at 44 100 times per second

each sample is 16 bits
each track requires separate sampling for left and right speakers of a stereo recording
For
Examiner's
Use
(8 bits = 1 byte, 1 megabyte = 1 048 576 bytes)

(a) (i) How many bytes are required to represent one second of sampled music?
[2]
(ii) If a typical music track is 3 minutes long, how much memory is used on the CD to
store one track? (Give your answer in megabytes.)
[2]
(b) When using MP3 format, the size of the above music track will be reduced by a factor
of 10 (i.e. the size is reduced by 90%).
How is the music quality retained?
[2]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/O/N/12
[Turn over
18
17 (a) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a program flowchart only, that:
For
Examiner's
Use
inputs a series of positive numbers (-1 is used to terminate the input),

outputs how many numbers were less than 1000 and
outputs how many numbers were greater than 1000.
[4]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/O/N/12
19
(b) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a program flowchart only, that
inputs fifty numbers each as 4 separate digits, for example: 1

outputs the percentage of numbers that were palindromes.
For
Examiner's
Use
(note: a palindrome reads the same way backwards or forwards. For example, 1331 is
a palindrome but 1541 is not).
Use separate variables to store the separate digits of a number (for example D1, D2,
D3, D4).
[4]
UCLES 2012
0420/11/O/N/12
20
BLANK PAGE
UCLES 2012
0420/11/O/N/12
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
om
.c
s
er

*5263966857*
0420/12
COMPUTER STUDIES
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes
For Examiner's Use

IB12 11_0420_12/FP
UCLES 2012
[Turn over
2
1
Give three features of a data protection act.
For
Examiner's
Use
3
[3]
Describe four of the stages in the creation of an expert system.

1
4
[4]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/O/N/12
3
3
For each of the following five groups of hardware items, write down a computer application
that would need those items.
List of hardware items
For
Examiner's
Use
Application
webcam, microphone,
speakers
barcode reader, POS
terminal
pressure sensor, ADC,
lights, siren
data gloves, data
goggles
light pen, plotter, 3D
printer
[5]
A company has decided to introduce robots into its manufacturing process.

Give three benefits and one drawback to the company management.
Benefits
1
Drawback
[4]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/O/N/12
[Turn over
4
5
Flowchart A
shows an existing manual system used
by a shop to calculate a customers bill
and carry out stock control.
Flowchart B
shows the intended automatic
computer-controlled system.
items purchased
by customer
START
prices read from

labels on the items
prices keyed into a

manual till
final bill produced
at end of the day, a

stock check is
carried out by staff
number of items in
stock checked
against check
sheet for each item
Yes
No
if below a certain
level, clerk fills out
order form for new
stock for each item
No
Yes
orders sent off at

the end of each
day to suppliers
STOP
existing manual system
UCLES 2012
intended automatic
computerised system
0420/12/O/N/12
For
Examiner's
Use
5
Using item numbers only from the following list, complete Flowchart B.
Item
Number
For
Examiner's
Use
Description
each item quantity reduced by 1 on the database
is stock level of item < = re-order level?
item price found on database
quantity of stock item checked against re-order level at end of the day
order for new stock of each item automatically sent out
barcode on each item scanned
have all items been checked?
an itemised bill is produced

[4]
State three different methods that allow people to communicate using the Internet.
In each case, give a different benefit for the stated method.
Method 1
Benefit
Method 2
Benefit
Method 3
Benefit
[6]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/O/N/12
[Turn over
6
7
(a) Lucy wrote: I should validate the input into my database by typing in the same data
twice.
Why was her statement incorrect?
[2]
(b) She lost all her photographs when her computer crashed.
(i) What is meant by the term crashed?
(ii) How could she have avoided losing all her photographs?
[2]
(c) Lucy was sent an important attachment in an email, but couldnt open it.
Give a reason why she couldnt open the attachment.
[1]
(d) She decided to invest in a wireless (Wi-Fi) mouse and keyboard for her computer.
Give one benefit and one drawback of using wireless devices.
Benefit
Drawback
[2]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/O/N/12
For
Examiner's
Use
7
8
The following 2 pictures are images of the letter R stored as bitmap files:
X
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Why is picture X fuzzy?
[2]
(b) Even the sharp image in picture Y would become fuzzy if enlarged. Why would this
happen?
[2]
(c) Name an output device that makes use of this imaging method.
[1]
(d) State a drawback of storing sharp quality bitmap image files.
[1]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/O/N/12
[Turn over
8
9
A large company has decided to replace some of its European technical call centres. The
new call centres will be located in three developing countries around the world.
(a) Give two benefits of opening these new call centres.
1
[2]
(b) Give two drawbacks of opening these new call centres.

1
[2]
(c) Give two ways in which the workforce in the European call centres could be affected.
1
[2]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/O/N/12
For
Examiner's
Use
9
(d) The staff at these new call centres use computers for long periods of time.
For
Examiner's
Use
Give two potential health and safety risks to these staff.

1
[2]
10 A computer system is to have access to the Internet.

Name and describe three potential security issues.
Security issue 1
Description
Security issue 2
Description
Security issue 3
Description
[6]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/O/N/12
[Turn over
10
11 An alarm sounds when certain conditions occur in a nuclear reactor.
For
Examiner's
Use
The output, X, of a logic circuit that drives the alarm must have a value of 1 if:
either
carbon dioxide pressure too low and temperature < = 300C
or
water pressure > 10 bar and temperature > 300C
The inputs to the system are:

Input
P
T
W
Binary
0
1
0
1
0
1
Condition
carbon dioxide pressure too low
carbon dioxide pressure acceptable
temperature > 300C
temperature < = 300C
water pressure > 10 bar
water pressure < = 10 bar
(a) Draw the required logic circuit using AND, OR and NOT gates only.
[5]
(b) Complete the truth table for the above system.

P
[4]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/O/N/12
11
12 (a) What is meant by the term bit streaming?
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
(b) John uses bit streaming to watch films from websites.

(i) Give two advantages of using bit streaming for this purpose.
1
2
[2]
(ii) Give two potential problems of using bit streaming for this purpose.
1
2
[2]
(c) Describe another application of bit streaming.
[1]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/O/N/12
[Turn over
12
13 A chemical company uses pipes to transfer hazardous liquids. To protect the workforce,
each pipe is inside a protective pipe.
protective pipe
valve
inner pipe containing liquid
valve
computer
= sound sensor
Sensors are used to detect the sound of any liquid dripping into the protective pipe.
Actuators operate the valves that regulate the flow of liquid through the inner pipe.
This system is controlled by a computer.
(a) Describe how the sensors, actuators, valves and computer are used to monitor and
control the liquid in the pipe.
[5]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/O/N/12
For
Examiner's
Use
13
(b) Give two advantages of using this computer-controlled system rather than visual
checks by the workforce.
For
Examiner's
Use
[2]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/O/N/12
[Turn over
14
For
Examiner's
Use
START
S=0
C=1
INPUT N
T = N/100
is T < 1 ?
Yes
Yes
is T >= 0.1 ?
No
No
C=C+1
Yes
Is C <= 10 ?
No
OUTPUT S
STOP
UCLES 2012
0420/12/O/N/12
S=S+1
15
For
Examiner's
Use
15, 8, 251, 35, 60, 3, 2, 1516, 19, 55

S
OUTPUT
[5]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/O/N/12
[Turn over
16
15 A company organises music concerts. It has been decided to use a spreadsheet to find out
how many nights each band must play at a venue to make a profit.
A
Name of band
Booking fee
($)
Cost per
seat ($)
Venue
capacity
2
3
4
5
6
7
Goo Goo Guys

Frozen Primates
The Cinnamon Girls
U235
Steal That
300 000
1 520 000
500 000
2 400 000
1 400 000
20.00
40.00
25.00
50.00
40.00
10 000
20 000
15 000
20 000
15 000
E
Minimum
number of
nights
1.5
1.9
1.3
2.4
2.3
(a) The minimum number of nights needed to make a profit is found by dividing the booking
fee by the total nightly takings (assuming the venue is always full to capacity).
What formulas must be in column E?
E
Minimum number of nights
2
3
4
5
6
[2]
(b) What formula could be placed in cell C7 to find the average cost per seat?
[1]
(c) To make a profit possible, it is necessary to increase the values in column E to the
next whole number.
Describe how this could be done.
[2]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/O/N/12
For
Examiner's
Use
17
16 The following statistics refer to a music track being recorded on a CD:
music is sampled at 44 100 times per second

each sample is 16 bits
each track requires separate sampling for left and right speakers of a stereo recording
For
Examiner's
Use
(8 bits = 1 byte, 1 megabyte = 1 048 576 bytes)

(a) (i) How many bytes are required to represent one second of sampled music?
[2]
(ii) If a typical music track is 3 minutes long, how much memory is used on the CD to
store one track? (Give your answer in megabytes.)
[2]
(b) When using MP3 format, the size of the above music track will be reduced by a factor
of 10 (i.e. the size is reduced by 90%).
How is the music quality retained?
[2]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/O/N/12
[Turn over
18
17 (a) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a program flowchart only, that:
For
Examiner's
Use
inputs a series of positive numbers (-1 is used to terminate the input),

outputs how many numbers were less than 1000 and
outputs how many numbers were greater than 1000.
[4]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/O/N/12
19
(b) Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a program flowchart only, that
inputs fifty numbers each as 4 separate digits, for example: 1

outputs the percentage of numbers that were palindromes.
For
Examiner's
Use
(note: a palindrome reads the same way backwards or forwards. For example, 1331 is
a palindrome but 1541 is not).
Use separate variables to store the separate digits of a number (for example D1, D2,
D3, D4).
[4]
UCLES 2012
0420/12/O/N/12
20
BLANK PAGE
UCLES 2012
0420/12/O/N/12
w
ap
eP
e
tr
.X
w
om
.c
s
er

*2083839975*
0420/13
COMPUTER STUDIES
Paper 1
2 hours 30 minutes
For Examiner's Use

IB12 11_0420_13/3RP
UCLES 2012
[Turn over
2
1
For advertising at a trade fair, a company has a choice of computer facilities. One option is
a stand-alone computer with multimedia facilities. The other option is a computer with
Internet access to the companys website.
Discuss the benefits and drawbacks of each method.
Stand-alone computer with multimedia
Benefit
Drawback
Internet website
Benefit
Drawback
[4]
New software is often developed using top-down (modular) design.

Give three benefits of using this method of development.
1
3
[3]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/O/N/12
For
Examiner's
Use
3
3
Five descriptions are given on the left of the diagram below. Five computer applications are
shown on the right of the diagram.
For
Examiner's
Use
Using arrows, link each description to the correct application.

use of synthesisers to
combine simple
waveforms to produce
more complex sounds
animation
audio-visual
communication using
compression and echo
cancellation software
MP3
use of avatars in the

sequence of images one
after the other to produce
special effects
music generation
audio compression
technology to compress
large files into smaller files
often used in media
simulation
imitation of a real event

using a mathematical
model of a set of formulas
video-conferencing
[5]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/O/N/12
[Turn over
4
4
(a) Describe four different communication methods that use the Internet.
For
Examiner's
Use
4
[4]
(b) Give two drawbacks of using the Internet for communications.

1
2
[2]
(c) Mobile phones are a common method of communication.

Describe four types of application, other than the Internet, that may be available on a
mobile phone.
1
4
[4]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/O/N/12
5
5
A program requires the user to type in a user ID which must be in the form:
For
Examiner's
Use
XX999999
where X stands for any letter, and 9 stands for any digit.
(a) Name two possible validation checks that could be applied to this user ID.
1
2
[2]
(b) Name a validation check that could not be used on this occasion.
Give a reason for your choice.
Name
Reason
[2]
The following is a list of stages when an email is sent and received.

Write the numbers from 1 to 8 in the right-hand column to put each stage of the process in
the correct order. The first one has been done for you.
Description of stage
Order of
stage
The message travels over the Internet and arrives at recipients ISP mail server
Message sent to senders ISP mail server
Recipient logs on to read his messages
The sender composes his message and activates the send command
Message held in recipients electronic mail box

ISP mail server examines address associated with message
Message retrieved and sent to recipients computer to be opened and read
Senders ISP mail server decides how to route the message
[7]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/O/N/12
[Turn over
6
7
Credit card fraud in many countries is now reducing.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) What changes to credit card technology have helped this reduction?
[1]
However, there has been a large increase in online fraud. This has resulted in fraudulent
use of bank accounts.
(b) Name and describe three ways bank account information (such as passwords) can be
accessed illegally.
1
Description
Description
Description
[6]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/O/N/12
7
8
Word processors often use language translators and spell checkers to help users when
composing documents.
For
Examiner's
Use
(a) A user selects the spell checker to check a document, but two errors in the document
are not identified.
Give two possible reasons for this.
1
2
[2]
(b) The user also types in the following statement:

This is an example of a translation using a word processor
and selects the language translator English-Russian and the following text is produced:

Such translations are often not very good. Give one reason for this.
[1]
(c) Describe two other features you might expect to find in a typical word processor.
1
2
[2]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/O/N/12
[Turn over
8
9
Study this flowchart very carefully.
For
Examiner's
Use
START
C=1
H=0
T1 = 0
T2 = 0
T3 = 0
INPUT number
Yes
T3 = T3 + 1
is number > 999 ?
No
Yes
T2 = T2 + 1
is number > 99 ?
No
T1 = T1 + 1
Yes
H = number
is number > H ?
No
C=C+1
Yes
is C <= 10 ?
No
OUTPUT T1,
T2, T3, H
STOP
UCLES 2012
0420/13/O/N/12
9
For
Examiner's
Use
1500, 1000, 100, 10, 999, 99, 2000, 5, -3, 0

C
T1
T2
T3
number
OUTPUT
[6]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/O/N/12
[Turn over
10
10 You have just been appointed as the IT representative of a small engineering company.
The company need to buy:
external backing storage

printers
input devices
Choose a suitable example for each and give a reason for your choice.
External storage device
Reason for choice
Printer type
Reason for choice
Input device
Reason for choice
[6]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/O/N/12
For
Examiner's
Use
11
11 A database was set up showing the largest ocean-going liners. Part of the database is
shown below.
Liner ID
Year built
OA
IN
QM
EX
VO
GP
DE
SP
SO
FR
QE
NO
MJ
TI
MA
2009
2008
2004
2000
1999
1997
1996
1995
1988
1972
1940
1935
1922
1912
1907
Gross
Tonnage
225 282
154 407
148 528
137 308
137 276
108 865
101 509
77 499
73 192
66 343
86 673
79 280
56 561
46 329
31 938
Country of
Registration
Norway
Norway
UK
Norway
Norway
UK
USA
UK
Norway
France
UK
France
UK
UK
UK
For
Examiner's
Use
Country of
Construction
Finland
Finland
France
Finland
Finland
Italy
Italy
Italy
France
France
UK
France
Germany
UK
UK
(a) How many records are shown in the above part?

[1]
(b) Using Liner ID only, what would be output if the following search condition was typed
in:
(Year built < 2000) AND (Country of Registration = Country of Construction)?
[2]
(c) Write the search condition to find out which liners have a gross tonnage larger than
80 000 or are registered in the UK.
[2]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/O/N/12
[Turn over
12
12 (a) A spreadsheet was set up to determine if a triangle is right-angled.
spreadsheet is shown below.
Part of the
a2 + b2 - c2
is triangle
right-angled?
-7
No
Yes
-19
No
12
13
Yes
24
25
Yes
15
17
Yes
(i) What formula must be in D3?
[1]
(ii) Complete the formula that must be in column E to generate the output Yes or No.
Use cell E3 as your example.
= IF (D3 = 0,
[1]
(iii) How could the spreadsheet be used if a and b values were known and it was
required to predict the value of c to get a right-angled triangle?
[2]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/O/N/12
For
Examiner's
Use
13
(b) Apart from the use of formulas and functions, give three features of spreadsheet
software.
For
Examiner's
Use
3
[3]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/O/N/12
[Turn over
14
13 A large hotel uses eight lifts (elevators) to carry passengers between its sixty floors.
A computer is used to control and monitor the lifts. Each lift has three registers to represent
its state.
1
UP/DOWN 1 = lift going up
and 0 = lift going down
Register 1
4
Register 2
Lift ID number 0 to 7
32
16
Register 3
Floor number 0 to 60
Thus
1
32
16
lift going up
lift ID number 4
refers to:
lift presently on 27th floor
(a) If the three registers contain the following data:

1
32
16
what information about the lift is shown?
[2]
(b) How would the following information be shown in the three registers:
lift 6 presently on the 45th floor and going down
1
32
16
[2]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/O/N/12
For
Examiner's
Use
15
(c) (i) A customer is on the 14th floor and wants to go to the 50th floor. She presses the
button to call the lift.
For
Examiner's
Use
What two pieces of information would the computer check to identify which of the
eight lifts should be made available?
1
2
[2]
(ii) Using your answers to part (i), which of the following lifts would be made available
to the customer?
1
[1]
(d) An engineer wishes to test that this computer system detects incorrect data.
Describe what input the engineer might use to check that the computer can correctly
identify a fault condition.
[2]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/O/N/12
[Turn over
16
14 The following flowchart shows how a computer and sensors are used to control the
environment in a greenhouse. Temperatures must be between 25C and 35C. Light must
be between 50 and 80 light units.
(a) Complete the flowchart, using item number only, from the list of items given below.
START
INPUT reading from

temperature sensor
Yes
No
Yes
No
Item
Number
1
convert temperature sensor reading

using ADC
convert light sensor reading using ADC
input reading from light sensor
is light sensor reading < 50 light units?
is light sensor reading > 80 light units?
is temperature reading < 25 C?
is temperature reading > 35 C?
send signal to activate switch to turn

on lights
send signal to motor to close blinds
10
send signal to motor to open windows
11
send signal to activate switch to turn

on heater
No
No
Item
Description
[5]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/O/N/12
For
Examiner's
Use
17
(b) The computer also checks on humidity levels (using humidity sensors) which must be
between the values of 40 and 90.
For
Examiner's
Use
If humidity is too low, water is sprayed into the air.

If humidity is too high, fresh air is allowed to enter.
Write the necessary commands in the following flowchart section to show how the
humidity levels are controlled:
Yes
No
Yes
No
[4]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/O/N/12
[Turn over
18
15 (a) Complete the truth table for the following logic circuit:
A
For
Examiner's
Use
AND
AND
OR
AND
NOT
[4]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/O/N/12
19
(b) The above logic circuit uses AND, OR and NOT gates.
Name another logic gate and complete its truth table.
For
Examiner's
Use
Name of gate
A
[3]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/O/N/12
[Turn over
20
16 A small caf sells five types of item:
bun
coffee
cake
sandwich
dessert
0.50
1.20
1.50
2.10
4.00
dollars
dollars
dollars
dollars
dollars
For
Examiner's
Use
Write an algorithm, using pseudocode or a program flowchart only, which
inputs every item sold during the day,

uses an item called end to finish the days input,
adds up the daily amount taken for each type of item,
outputs the total takings (for all items added together) at the end of the day,
outputs the type of item that had the highest takings at the end of the day.
[6]
UCLES 2012
0420/13/O/N/12

Binder 1

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Binder 1

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

COMPUTER STUDIES (0420) PAST PAPER BOOKLET

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

For Examiners Use

This document consists of 14 printed pages and 2 blank pages.

CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

(a) State two sensors that would be used in a microprocessor-controlled camera.

(a) State two types of computer crime.

(a) State the purpose of a compiler.

State the purpose of an interrupt when data is sent to a disk drive.

Digital photographs stored on a computer are going to be used in a multimedia presentation.

(e) Give two disadvantages for the employee of teleworking.

TOTAL WATCH SALES ($) - APRIL 2003

Databank Day date

(b) State the format of the data in column B.

Semi-Detached Fish Pond

(a) Which field in the file should be used as a key field?

13 Read this algorithm.

15 Describe how an expert system could help a doctor to diagnose illnesses.

16 A coffee pot is to be designed using a computer-aided design (CAD) program.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

For Examiners Use

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

(a) Give one example of wireless technology.

(a) State two places where robots are used.

(a) State two effects of a computer virus.

Interfaces enable computer users to interact with the operating system.

A programming language has instructions for moving a pen on a piece of paper.

Write a set of instructions that would produce the following drawing:

A school wants to create its own website to advertise the school.

(a) State the format of the data in cell B6.

F_temp = (1.8 C_temp) +32

the maximum temperature

for that day.

PHONE NO DATE OF BIRTH

(a) State how many fields there are in each record.

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

For Examiners Use

This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

State three tasks done by the operating system.

The following codes have been used.

(a) State how many records are shown in the diagram.

2-Night Bargain Break Holiday Bookings

Describe how this sort will be done.

..... not in use .....

12 A factory has decided to computerise its manual order processing system.

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

For Examiners Use

This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

(a) smart card

(b) relational database

(c) Read Only Memory (ROM)

(e) top-down design

State two features that are available on a digital phone.

(a) Give one effect of hacking.

(b) Give two ways of protecting computer systems against hacking.

PC Software Development Ltd

Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4

(a) State a cell that contains a data item.

Data-logging is used for monitoring the level of oxygen in a river.

(b) Explain how the oxygen data is processed by the computer.

10 Many bank customers now bank on-line using the Internet.